]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from emacs-24; up to 2014-07-20T16:14:58Z!dmantipov@yandex.ru
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21476 41895
69 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21476 41895
100 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21541 15655 55679
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 20521 870414 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21350
841 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21476 41895 55661
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 62246
1456 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1484 ;;;;;; 10917 902592 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21425
1608 ;;;;;; 43779 760127 645000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1660 ;;;;;; 0))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1787 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1815
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1835
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837
1838 ;;;***
1839 \f
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1841 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874
1875 ;;;***
1876 \f
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21414 44327
1878 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1915
1916
1917 Special information:
1918
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1947
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1951
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966
1967 ;;;***
1968 \f
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1977
1978 ;;;***
1979 \f
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1981 ;;;;;; 0))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002
2003 ;;;***
2004 \f
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2006 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012
2013 What is blackbox?
2014
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2021
2022 Overview of play:
2023
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2027
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2030
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043
2044 Details:
2045
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2063
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2071
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2074
2075 1
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2084 2 3
2085
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2088
2089
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2106
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2120
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21397 35239 170099
2126 ;;;;;; 0))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2150
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2154
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2164
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2173
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2224
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2235
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2247
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2256
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2262
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2282
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2289
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2293
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2295
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2301
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2303
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2310
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2312
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2314
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2316
2317 ;;;***
2318 \f
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21364 37926
2320 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2350
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2355
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2369
2370 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2374 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2376
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2381 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2382 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2383 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2384 to use.
2385
2386 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2389 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2390 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2391 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392
2393 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2398 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2406 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2407 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2418
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2425 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2426 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427
2428 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2429 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2436 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2437 Firefox.
2438
2439 When called interactively, if variable
2440 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2441 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2442 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2443 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2450 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2453 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2454 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2455 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2456 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2457 URL in a new window.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2464 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2465 Chromium.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2472 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2473
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2480 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2481 new tab in an existing window instead.
2482
2483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2496 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2497
2498 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2499 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2500 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2501 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529
2530 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2531 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2532 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2533
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2536 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2537 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2546 Default to the URL around or before point.
2547
2548 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2549 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2550 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2559 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2560 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2569 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2570
2571 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2575 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2576 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2577 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2578
2579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2580 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2581 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2582 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583
2584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586
2587 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2588
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2590 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2591 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2592 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2593 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2594 current one.
2595
2596 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2597 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600
2601 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2602 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2609 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2610 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2611 don't offer a form of remote control.
2612
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around or before point.
2618
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2620
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2623 Default to the URL around the point.
2624
2625 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2626 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2627
2628 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2629 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2630
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632
2633 ;;;***
2634 \f
2635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2637 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2638
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2640 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2643
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2647 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2648 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2649 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2650
2651 \(fn)" t nil)
2652
2653 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2654 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2655
2656 \(fn)" t nil)
2657
2658 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2659 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2660 \\<bs-mode-map>
2661 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2662 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2663 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2664 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2665
2666 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2667 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2668 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2669 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2670 name of buffer configuration.
2671
2672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2673
2674 ;;;***
2675 \f
2676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21410 47268 609529
2677 ;;;;;; 0))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2679
2680 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2681 Play Bubbles game.
2682 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2683 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2684 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2685 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2686 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2687 columns on its right towards the left.
2688
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2693
2694 \(fn)" t nil)
2695
2696 ;;;***
2697 \f
2698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2699 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2701
2702 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2703
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2709
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711
2712 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2713 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2714
2715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2716
2717 ;;;***
2718 \f
2719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21543
2720 ;;;;;; 57381 284584 0))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725
2726 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2727
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2731 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2734
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2740 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2743
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2745
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2756
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2759 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2760 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2761 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2762 before scanning it.
2763
2764 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2765 that already has a `.elc' file.
2766
2767 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2768 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769
2770 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2772 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2773 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2774 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2775 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776
2777 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778
2779 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2780 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2781 Print the result in the echo area.
2782 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783
2784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785
2786 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2788 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789
2790 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791
2792 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2793 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2794 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2795 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2796 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2797 all functions called by those functions.
2798
2799 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2800 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 cons, etc.).
2802
2803 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2804 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2805 invoked interactively.
2806
2807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2810 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2811 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2812 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2813
2814 \(fn)" nil nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2818 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2819 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2822 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 already up-to-date.
2824
2825 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2829 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2830 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831
2832 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2833 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2834 and corresponding effects.
2835
2836 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2837
2838 ;;;***
2839 \f
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21350
2841 ;;;;;; 5031 352444 0))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2843
2844 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2845
2846 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847
2848 ;;;***
2849 \f
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2851 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2853
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2855
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 ;;;***
2861 \f
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2863 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2865
2866 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2867 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2868 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2869 from the cursor position.
2870
2871 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2872
2873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2874
2875 ;;;***
2876 \f
2877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21377 49959 896066 0))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2879 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880
2881 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2882 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2883
2884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2887 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2888
2889 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890
2891 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2892 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893
2894 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895
2896 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2897 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2898
2899 \(fn)" t nil)
2900
2901 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2903 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2904 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2905
2906 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2912 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2913
2914 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915
2916 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2918 See calc-keypad for details.
2919
2920 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921
2922 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2923 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924
2925 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2928 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931
2932 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2933 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2934
2935 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2936
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2938 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2939 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2940
2941 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2942
2943 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2944 Define Calc function.
2945
2946 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2947 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2948 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2949
2950 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2951 actual Lisp function name.
2952
2953 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2954
2955 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2956
2957 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2958
2959 ;;;***
2960 \f
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2962 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2964
2965 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2966
2967
2968 \(fn N)" t nil)
2969
2970 ;;;***
2971 \f
2972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21417 20521 870414
2973 ;;;;;; 0))
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2975
2976 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2977 Run the Emacs calculator.
2978 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2979
2980 \(fn)" t nil)
2981
2982 ;;;***
2983 \f
2984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21546 33576
2985 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987
2988 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2989 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2990 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2991 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2992 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2993 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2994
2995 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2996 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2997 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2998 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2999 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3000 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3001 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3003 window.
3004
3005 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3006 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3007
3008 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3009 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3010 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3011 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3012 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3013 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3014
3015 Runs the following hooks:
3016
3017 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3018 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3019 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3020 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3021
3022 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3023
3024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3025
3026 ;;;***
3027 \f
3028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3029 ;;;;;; 0))
3030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3031
3032 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3033 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3034
3035 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3036
3037 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3038 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3039 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3040 it fails.
3041
3042 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3043
3044 ;;;***
3045 \f
3046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3047 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3049 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21522
3054 ;;;;;; 51241 590401 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3058 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3059
3060 \(fn)" nil nil)
3061
3062 ;;;***
3063 \f
3064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21419 62246
3065 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
3066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3067
3068 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3069 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3070
3071 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3072 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3073
3074 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3075 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3076
3077 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3078
3079 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3080 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3081 made from scratch.
3082
3083 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3084
3085 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3086 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3087
3088 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3089 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3090 made from scratch.
3091
3092 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3093
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3095 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3096
3097 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3098
3099 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3100 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3101 made from scratch.
3102
3103 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3104
3105 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3107
3108 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3109 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3110 made from scratch.
3111
3112 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3113
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3116
3117 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3118
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3122
3123 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3127
3128 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3129 variables are guessed:
3130
3131 * `c-basic-offset', and
3132 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3133 `c-offsets-alist'.
3134
3135 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3136 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3137
3138 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3139 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3140
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3143 guess is made from scratch.
3144
3145 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3146 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3147
3148 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3152 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3153 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3154
3155 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3156 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3157 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3158
3159 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3160
3161 ;;;***
3162 \f
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3164 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
3165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3166
3167 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3168 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3169 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3170 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3171 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3172 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3173 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3174
3175 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3184
3185 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3187 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3188 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3189 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3190 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3191
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3193
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3196
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{c-mode-map}
3199
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3201
3202 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3204 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3205 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3206 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3207 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3208 message.
3209
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3211
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3214
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c++-mode-map}
3217
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3220
3221 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3224 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3228
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3233
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{objc-mode-map}
3236
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3239
3240 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Java code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3247
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3252
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{java-mode-map}
3255
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3258
3259 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3266
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3271
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{idl-mode-map}
3274
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3277 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3278
3279 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3282 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3286
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3291
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{pike-mode-map}
3294
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3301
3302 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3305 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3306 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3307 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3308
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3313
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{awk-mode-map}
3316
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3318
3319 ;;;***
3320 \f
3321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3322 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3324
3325 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3326 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3327 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3328 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3329
3330 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3331
3332 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3333 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3334 might get set too.
3335
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3337 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3338 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3339 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3340 in this way.
3341
3342 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3343 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3344 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3345 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3346 a null operation.
3347
3348 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3349
3350 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3351 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3352 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3353 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3354
3355 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3356
3357 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3358 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3359 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3360
3361 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3362
3363 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3364 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3365 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3366 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3367 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3368
3369 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3370
3371 ;;;***
3372 \f
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3374 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3376 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3377 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3378 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3379
3380 ;;;***
3381 \f
3382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3383 ;;;;;; 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3385
3386 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3387 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3388
3389 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3390
3391 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3392 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3393
3394 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3395
3396 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3397 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3398
3399 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3400 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3401 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3402 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3403 execution.
3404
3405 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3406
3407 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3408
3409 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3410 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3411
3412 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3413 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3414 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3415 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3416
3417 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3418 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3419 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3420 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3421 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3422 `write' commands.
3423
3424 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3425 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3426 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3428
3429 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3430 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3431 semantics.
3432
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3434
3435 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3436
3437 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3438
3439 STATEMENT :=
3440 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3441 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3442
3443 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3444 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3445 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3446 | integer
3447
3448 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3449
3450 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3451 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3452 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3453
3454 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3455 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3456 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3457
3458 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3459 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3460
3461 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3462 BREAK := (break)
3463
3464 REPEAT :=
3465 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3466 (repeat)
3467 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3468 ;; (repeat))
3469 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3471 ;; (read REG)
3472 ;; (repeat))
3473 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3474 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3475 ;; (read REG)
3476 ;; (repeat))
3477 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3478
3479 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3480 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3481 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3482 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3483 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3484 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3486 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3487 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3488 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3489 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3490 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3491 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3492 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3493 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3494 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3495
3496 WRITE :=
3497 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3498 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3499 ;; representation.
3500 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3501 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3502 ;; (write r7))
3503 | (write EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3505 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3506 ;; representation.
3507 | (write integer)
3508 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3509 ;; buffer.
3510 | (write string)
3511 ;; Same as: (write string)
3512 | string
3513 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3514 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3515 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3516 ;; representation.
3517 | (write REG ARRAY)
3518 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3519 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3520 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3521 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3522 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3523 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3524
3525 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3526 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3527
3528 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3529 END := (end)
3530
3531 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3532 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3533 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3534
3535 ARG := REG | integer
3536
3537 OPERATOR :=
3538 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3539 + | - | * | / | %
3540
3541 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | & | `|' | ^
3543
3544 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3545 | << | >>
3546
3547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3548 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3549 | <8
3550
3551 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3552 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3553 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3554 | >8
3555
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3557 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3558 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3559 | //
3560
3561 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3562 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3563
3564 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3565 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3568 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3569 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3570 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3571 | de-sjis
3572
3573 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3574 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3575 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3578 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3579 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3580 ;; byte of SJIS.
3581 | en-sjis
3582
3583 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3584 ;; Same meaning as C code
3585 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3586
3587 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3588 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3589 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3590 | <8=
3591
3592 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3593 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3594 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3595
3596 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3597 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3598 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3599 | //=
3600
3601 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3602
3603
3604 TRANSLATE :=
3605 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3606 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3607 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3608 LOOKUP :=
3609 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3610 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3611 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3612 MAP :=
3613 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3614 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3615 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3616 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3617 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3618 MAP-ID := integer
3619
3620 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3621
3622 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3623
3624 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3625 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3626 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3627 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3628 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3629 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3630
3631 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3632
3633 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3634 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3635 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3636
3637 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3638
3639 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3640
3641 ;;;***
3642 \f
3643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21543 57381
3644 ;;;;;; 284584 0))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3646
3647 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3648 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3649 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3650 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3651
3652 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3653
3654 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3655
3656 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3657 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3658
3659 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3660
3661 ;;;***
3662 \f
3663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3664 ;;;;;; 0))
3665 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3666 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3667
3668 ;;;***
3669 \f
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3671 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3673 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3674
3675 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3676 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3677 There are no special keybindings by default.
3678
3679 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3680 to the action header.
3681
3682 \(fn)" t nil)
3683
3684 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3685 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3686 There are no special keybindings by default.
3687
3688 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3689 to the action header.
3690
3691 \(fn)" t nil)
3692
3693 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3694 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3695 on the buffer contents
3696
3697 \(fn)" nil nil)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3702 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3705
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3709 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3711
3712 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3713 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3714 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3715
3716 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3719 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3720 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3721
3722 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3723
3724 ;;;***
3725 \f
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3727 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3729 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3731 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3738
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3740
3741
3742 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3743 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3744 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3745
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3748 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3749 the users will view as each check is completed.
3750
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3754 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3755 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3756 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3757 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3758 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3759 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3760 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3761
3762 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3763
3764 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3765 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3766 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3767 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3768 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3769 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3770 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3771 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3772
3773 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3774
3775 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3776 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3777 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3778 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3779 spacing are all verified.
3780
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3782
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3785 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3786 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3787 otherwise stop after the first error.
3788
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3790
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3792 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3793 Only documentation strings are checked.
3794 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3796 a separate buffer.
3797
3798 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3801 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3802 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3803 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3804 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3805
3806 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3807
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3809 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3810 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3811 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3812 if there is one.
3813
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3815
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3817 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3819 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3820 if there is one.
3821 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3822
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3824
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3826 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3827 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3828
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3833 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3834 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3835 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3836
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3840 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3841 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3842 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3843 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3844 space at the end of each line.
3845
3846 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3847
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3850 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3852
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3859
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3866
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3873
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3894
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3896
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3901
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3908
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3912 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3916
3917 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3918 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3919 checking of documentation strings.
3920
3921 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3922
3923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3924
3925 ;;;***
3926 \f
3927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3928 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3930
3931 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3932 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3933 Return the length of resulting text.
3934
3935 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3938 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3939
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3943 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3944 Return the length of resulting text.
3945
3946 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3949 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3950
3951 \(fn)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3954
3955
3956 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3957
3958 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3959
3960
3961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3962
3963 ;;;***
3964 \f
3965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3966 ;;;;;; 0))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3968
3969 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3970 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3971 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3972 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3973 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3974 editing and the result is evaluated.
3975
3976 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3979 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3980 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3981 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3982 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3983
3984 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3985
3986 \(fn)" t nil)
3987
3988 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3989 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3990 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3991 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3992 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3993
3994 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3995 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3996 \\{command-history-map}
3997
3998 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3999 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4000
4001 \(fn)" t nil)
4002
4003 ;;;***
4004 \f
4005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
4006 ;;;;;; 28582 821557 0))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4008
4009 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4010 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4011 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4012 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4013 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4014 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4015 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4016 of this function.
4017
4018 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4019 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4020 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4021 property are:
4022
4023 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4024 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4025
4026 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4027 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4028 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4029 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4030 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4031 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4032 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4033 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4034 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4035 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4036 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4037 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4038
4039 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4040 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4041 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4042
4043 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4044 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4045 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4046 list elements are:
4047
4048 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4049
4050 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4051
4052 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4053
4054 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4055 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4056
4057 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4058 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4059
4060 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4061 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4062 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4063 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4064 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4065 value specified by their associated list element.
4066
4067 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4068
4069 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4070 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4071 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4072
4073 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4074 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4075 * indent the first argument by 4.
4076 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4077 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4078 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4079
4080 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4081 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4082 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4083 instead.
4084
4085 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4086
4087 ;;;***
4088 \f
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21541 15655
4090 ;;;;;; 55679 0))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4092 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4093
4094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4095
4096 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4097 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4098 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4099 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4100 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4101 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4102
4103 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4104 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4105
4106 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4107
4108 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4109
4110 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4111
4112 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4113
4114 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4115
4116 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4117
4118 ;;;***
4119 \f
4120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4121 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4123
4124 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4125 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4126 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4127 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4128
4129 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4130 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4131 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4132 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4133
4134 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4135 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4136
4137 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4138
4139 ;;;***
4140 \f
4141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4142 ;;;;;; 0))
4143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4144
4145 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4146 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4147 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4148 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4149 of `scheme-program-name').
4150 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4151 it is given as initial input.
4152 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4153 discards input when it starts up.
4154 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4155 is run).
4156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4157
4158 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4159
4160 ;;;***
4161 \f
4162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4164
4165 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4166 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4167 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4168 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4169
4170 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4171 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4172
4173 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4174 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4175 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4176
4177 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4178
4179 ;;;***
4180 \f
4181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4183
4184 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4185 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4186 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4187 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4188 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4189 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4190 functions have already modified the buffer.
4191
4192 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4193
4194 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4195 either globally or locally.")
4196
4197 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4198 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4199 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4200 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4201
4202 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4203 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4204 `start-file-process'
4205 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4206 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4207 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4208
4209 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4210 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4211
4212 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4213
4214 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4215
4216 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4217
4218 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4219 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4220 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4221 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4222 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4223 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4224 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4225 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4226 process as its initial input.
4227
4228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4229
4230 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4231
4232 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4233
4234 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4235 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4236 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4237 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4238 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4239 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4240
4241 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4242
4243 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4244
4245 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4246 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4247 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4248 directory tracking functions.")
4249
4250 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4251 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4252 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4253
4254 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4255
4256 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4259 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4260 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4261
4262 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4263
4264 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to current process.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4270
4271 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4274 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4275 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4276 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4277
4278 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4279
4280 ;;;***
4281 \f
4282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4283 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4285
4286 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4287 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4288 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4289 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4290
4291 This command pushes the mark in each window
4292 at the prior location of point in that window.
4293 If both windows display the same buffer,
4294 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4295 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4296
4297 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4298 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4299 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4300 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4301 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4302 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4303 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4304 ignored.
4305
4306 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4307 this command work in interlaced mode:
4308 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4309 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4310 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4311
4312 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4313
4314 ;;;***
4315 \f
4316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21484 36010
4317 ;;;;;; 707226 0))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4319
4320 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4321 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4322
4323 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4324
4325 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4326 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4327 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4328
4329 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4330
4331 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4332 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4333 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4334
4335 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4336
4337 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4338 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4339 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4340 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4341 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4342
4343 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4344 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4345 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4346 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4347 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4348
4349 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4350 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4351 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4352 describing how the process finished.")
4353
4354 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4355 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4356 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4357 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4358 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4359
4360 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4361 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4362 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4363
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4365
4366 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4367 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4368 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4369 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4370
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4372
4373 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4374 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4375
4376 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4377 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4378
4379 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4380 (lambda ()
4381 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4382 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4383 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4384 (concat \"make -k \"
4385 (if buffer-file-name
4386 (shell-quote-argument
4387 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4388
4389 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4390 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4393 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4394 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4395 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4396
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4398
4399 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4400 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4401 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4402 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4403
4404 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4405 and move to the source code that caused it.
4406
4407 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4408 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4409
4410 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4411 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4412 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4413 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4414 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4415
4416 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4417 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4418 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4419 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4420
4421 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4422 kills its subprocesses.
4423
4424 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4425 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4426 to a function that generates a unique name.
4427
4428 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4429
4430 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4431 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4432 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4433 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4434
4435 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4436 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4437
4438 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4439 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4440 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4441 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4442
4443 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4444 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4445 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4446
4447 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4448
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4450
4451 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4452 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4453 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4454 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4455 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4456
4457 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4458
4459 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4460
4461 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4462
4463 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4464
4465 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4466 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4468 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4469 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4470
4471 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4472 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4473 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4474 See `compilation-mode'.
4475
4476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4477
4478 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4479 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4481 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4482 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4483
4484 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4485 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4486 `compilation-mode'.
4487
4488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4489
4490 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4491 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4492 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4493
4494 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4495
4496 ;;;***
4497 \f
4498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4499 ;;;;;; 0))
4500 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4501
4502 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4503 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4504 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4507 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4508
4509 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4510
4511 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4512 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4516
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4518
4519 ;;;***
4520 \f
4521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21383
4522 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4524
4525 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4526 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4527 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4528 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4529 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4530 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4531 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4532
4533 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4534 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4535 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4536
4537 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4538 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4539 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4540
4541 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4542 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4543 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4544 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4545
4546 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4547 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4548 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4549 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4550 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4551 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4552 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4553
4554 \\{conf-mode-map}
4555
4556 \(fn)" t nil)
4557
4558 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4559 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4560 Comments start with `#'.
4561 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4562
4563 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4564
4565 \[Desktop Entry]
4566 Encoding=UTF-8
4567 Name=The GIMP
4568 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4569 Name[cs]=GIMP
4570
4571 \(fn)" t nil)
4572
4573 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4574 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4575 Comments start with `;'.
4576 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4577
4578 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4579
4580 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4581 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4582 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4583
4584 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4585 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4586
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4591 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4592 between `/*' and `*/'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594
4595 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4596 // another kind of comment
4597 /* yet another */
4598
4599 name:value
4600 name=value
4601 name value
4602 x.1 =
4603 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4604 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4605
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4607
4608 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4610 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4611 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4612 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4613 `conf-space-keywords'.
4614 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4615 in an interactive fashion instead.
4616
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4618
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4620
4621 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4622 image/png png
4623 image/tiff tiff tif
4624
4625 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4626 class desktop
4627 # Standard multimedia devices
4628 add /dev/audio desktop
4629 add /dev/mixer desktop
4630
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4632
4633 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4634 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4635 See `conf-space-mode'.
4636
4637 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4638
4639 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4642 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4643
4644 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4645
4646 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4647 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4648
4649 \(fn)" t nil)
4650
4651 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4652 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4653 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655
4656 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4657
4658 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4659 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4660
4661 \(fn)" t nil)
4662
4663 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4665 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4667
4668 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4669
4670 *background: gray99
4671 *foreground: black
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 ;;;***
4676 \f
4677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4678 ;;;;;; 0))
4679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4680
4681 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4682 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4683 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4684 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4685 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4686 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4687
4688 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4691 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4692 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4693 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4694
4695 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4696
4697 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4698 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4699 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4700 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4701
4702 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4703
4704 ;;;***
4705 \f
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4707 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4709 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4710 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4711 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4712
4713 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4714 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4715 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4716 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4717 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4718 following the copyright are updated as well.
4719 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4720 interactively.
4721
4722 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4723
4724 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4725 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4726 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4727 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4728 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4729
4730 \(fn)" t nil)
4731
4732 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4733 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4734
4735 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4736
4737 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4738 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4739 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4740
4741 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4742
4743 ;;;***
4744 \f
4745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21438
4746 ;;;;;; 26670 609361 0))
4747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4748 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4753 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755
4756 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4757 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4759 Tab indents for Perl code.
4760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4762
4763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4768 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4771 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4772 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4775
4776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4777
4778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4780
4781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4782
4783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4785 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4792
4793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4794
4795 bite if angry;
4796
4797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4800 to nil.)
4801
4802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4805
4806 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4807
4808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4811 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4813
4814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4815
4816 if (A) { B }
4817
4818 into
4819
4820 B if A;
4821
4822 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4823
4824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4837
4838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4844
4845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4847 man via menu.
4848
4849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4854
4855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4857 span the needed amount of lines.
4858
4859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4863
4864 Variables controlling indentation style:
4865 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4870 `cperl-auto-newline'
4871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4879 `cperl-indent-level'
4880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4889 `cperl-brace-offset'
4890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4894 `cperl-label-offset'
4895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4896 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4898
4899 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4901 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4902 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4905
4906 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4907 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4908 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4909 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4910
4911 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4912 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4913 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4914 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4915 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4916 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4917 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4918
4919 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4920 column 0 is indented on
4921 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4922
4923 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4924 with no args.
4925
4926 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4927 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4928 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4929
4930 \(fn)" t nil)
4931
4932 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4933 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4934
4935 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4936
4937 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4938 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4939
4940 \(fn)" t nil)
4941
4942 ;;;***
4943 \f
4944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4945 ;;;;;; 0))
4946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4947
4948 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4949 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4950 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4951 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4952 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4953
4954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4958
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4960
4961 ;;;***
4962 \f
4963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4964 ;;;;;; 0))
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4966
4967 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4968 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4969 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4970 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4971 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4972 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4973 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4974 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4975
4976 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4977 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4978
4979 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4980 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4981 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4982
4983 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4984 with empty strings removed.
4985
4986 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
4991 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4993
4994 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4995 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 ;;;***
5000 \f
5001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
5002 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5004
5005 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5006 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5007 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5010 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5011
5012 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5015 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5019
5020 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5021 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5022 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5023 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5024 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5025 normal function of these prefix keys.
5026
5027 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5028 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5029 options:
5030 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5031 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5032 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5033
5034 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5035 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5036 the prefix fallback behavior.
5037
5038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5039
5040 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5041 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5042
5043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5044
5045 ;;;***
5046 \f
5047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21503 425
5048 ;;;;;; 992235 0))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5050
5051 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5052 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5053 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5054
5055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5056
5057 ;;;***
5058 \f
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21429 11690 49391
5060 ;;;;;; 0))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5062
5063 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5064 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5065
5066 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5067
5068 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5069 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5070
5071 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5072
5073 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5074 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5075
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5077
5078 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5079 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5080
5081 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5082 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5083
5084 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5085 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5086
5087 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5088
5089 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5090
5091 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5092 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5093 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5094
5095 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5096 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5097
5098 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5099 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5100
5101 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5102 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5103
5104 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5105
5106 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5107
5108 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5109 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5110 Return VALUE.
5111
5112 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5113 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5114
5115 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5116 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5117
5118 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5119 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5120
5121 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5122
5123 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5124
5125 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5126 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5127 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5128 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5129
5130 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5131 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5132 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5133
5134 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5135
5136 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5137 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5138 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5139 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5140 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5141
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5143
5144 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5145 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5146 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5147 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5148
5149 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5152 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5153 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5154
5155 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5156
5157 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5158 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5159
5160 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5161
5162 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5163
5164 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5165 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5166
5167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5168
5169 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5172 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5173 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5174
5175 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5176
5177 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5178 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5179 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5180 as part of Emacs itself.
5181
5182 Each elements looks like this:
5183
5184 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5185
5186 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5187 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5188 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5189 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5190 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5191 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5192 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5193 and `defface'.
5194
5195 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5196
5197 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5198 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5199 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5200 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5201 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5202
5203 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5204 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5205 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5206 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5207
5208 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5209
5210 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5212 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5213 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5214 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5215 release.
5216
5217 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5218 that were added or redefined since that version.
5219
5220 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5221
5222 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5224 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5225 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5226
5227 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5228
5229 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5230 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5236 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5237
5238 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5239 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5240
5241 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5242
5243 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5245
5246 \(fn)" t nil)
5247
5248 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5250
5251 \(fn)" t nil)
5252
5253 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize all saved options and faces.
5255
5256 \(fn)" t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5260 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5261 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5262 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5263 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5264
5265 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5266 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5267 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5268
5269 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5273
5274 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5278
5279 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5280
5281 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5283
5284 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5285
5286 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5287 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5288 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5289 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5290 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5291 that option.
5292 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5293
5294 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5298 The result includes selecting that window.
5299 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5300 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5301 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5302 that option.
5303
5304 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5307 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5308
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5310
5311 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5312 File used for storing customization information.
5313 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5314 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5315 it should be an absolute file name.
5316
5317 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5318 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5319 something like the following in your init file:
5320
5321 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5322 \(load custom-file)
5323
5324 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5325 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5326
5327 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5328 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5329 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5330 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5331 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5332
5333 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5334 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5335 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5336 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5337 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5338 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5339 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5340 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5341 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5342 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5343
5344 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5345
5346 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5347 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5348
5349 \(fn)" nil nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5352 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5353
5354 \(fn)" t nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5358 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5359
5360 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5361
5362 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5364 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5365 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5366 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5367
5368 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5369
5370 ;;;***
5371 \f
5372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5373 ;;;;;; 0))
5374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5375
5376 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5377 Create or edit a custom theme.
5378 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5379 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5380 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5381 from the Custom save file.
5382 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5383 named *Custom Theme*.
5384
5385 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5389
5390 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5393 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5394
5395 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5396
5397 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5398 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5399 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5400 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5401
5402 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5403
5404 ;;;***
5405 \f
5406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5407 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5409
5410 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5411 Mode used for cvs status output.
5412
5413 \(fn)" t nil)
5414
5415 ;;;***
5416 \f
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21383 2343 498187
5418 ;;;;;; 0))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5420 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5421
5422 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5423 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5424
5425 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5426
5427 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5428 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5429 C++ modes are included.
5430
5431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5433 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5434
5435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5436
5437 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5438
5439 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5440 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5441 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5444 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5445
5446 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5447
5448 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5449 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5450 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5451 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5452 ARG is omitted or nil.
5453
5454 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5455 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5456 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5457
5458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5459
5460 ;;;***
5461 \f
5462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5463 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5465
5466 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5467 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5468
5469 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5472 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5473
5474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5477 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5478 For readability, the table is slightly
5479 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5480
5481 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5482 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5483 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5484 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5485 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5486
5487 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5488
5489 ;;;***
5490 \f
5491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5492 ;;;;;; 0))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5494 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5495 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5496 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5497 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5498
5499 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5500 Completion on current word.
5501 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5502 and presents suggestions for completion.
5503
5504 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5505 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5506 completions.
5507
5508 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5509 then it searches *all* buffers.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512
5513 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5514 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5515
5516 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5517 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5518 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5519 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5520 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5521
5522 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5523 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5524
5525 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5526 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5527 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5528
5529 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5530 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5531
5532 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5533
5534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5535
5536 ;;;***
5537 \f
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5539 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5541
5542 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5543 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5544
5545 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5546
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21430 32550 215986 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5551
5552 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5553 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5554 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5555 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5556 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5557
5558 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5559
5560 ;;;***
5561 \f
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5563 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5565
5566 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5567 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5568
5569 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5570 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5571 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5572
5573 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5574 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5575 Data lines are not indented.
5576
5577 Key bindings:
5578
5579 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5580 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5581
5582 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5583 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5584 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5585 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5586
5587 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5588
5589 dcl-basic-offset
5590 Extra indentation within blocks.
5591
5592 dcl-continuation-offset
5593 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5594
5595 dcl-margin-offset
5596 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5597
5598 dcl-margin-label-offset
5599 Indentation for a label.
5600
5601 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5602 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5603
5604 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5605 dcl-block-end-regexp
5606 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5607 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5608 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5609 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5610 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5611
5612 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5613 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5614 Two such functions are included in the package:
5615 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5616 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5617
5618 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5619 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5620 One such function is included in the package:
5621 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5622
5623 dcl-tab-always-indent
5624 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5625 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5626 margin.
5627
5628 dcl-electric-characters
5629 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5630 typed.
5631
5632 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5633 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5634 which words trigger electric indentation.
5635
5636 dcl-tempo-comma
5637 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5638 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5639 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5640
5641 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5642 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5643 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5644 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5645
5646 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5647 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5648 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5649 dcl-imenu-label-call
5650 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5651
5652 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5653 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5654 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5655 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5656
5657
5658 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5659
5660 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5661 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5662 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5663 $ i = 1
5664 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5665 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5666 $ label:
5667 $ if i.eq.1
5668 $ then
5669 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5670 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5671 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5672 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5673 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5674 \"lined up with the command line\"
5675 $ type sys$input
5676 Data lines are not indented at all.
5677 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5678 $ endif
5679 $
5680
5681
5682 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5683 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5684
5685 \(fn)" t nil)
5686
5687 ;;;***
5688 \f
5689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5690 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5692
5693 (setq debugger 'debug)
5694
5695 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5696 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5697 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5698 of the evaluator.
5699
5700 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5701 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5702 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5703
5704 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5705
5706 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5707 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5708
5709 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5710
5711 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5712 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5713 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5714 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5715 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5716 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5717
5718 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5719 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5720
5721 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5724 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5725 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5726 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5727 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5728
5729 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5730
5731 ;;;***
5732 \f
5733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5734 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5736
5737 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5738 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5739
5740 \(fn)" t nil)
5741
5742 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5743 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5744 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5745 Upper-case letters are commands.
5746
5747 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5748 modify it.
5749
5750 The most useful commands are:
5751 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5752 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5753 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5754 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5755 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5756 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5757
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5759
5760 ;;;***
5761 \f
5762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5763 ;;;;;; 0))
5764 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5765 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5766
5767 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5768 Customization of `columns' group.
5769
5770 \(fn)" t nil)
5771
5772 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5773 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5774
5775 START and END delimits the text region.
5776
5777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5778
5779 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5780 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5781
5782 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5783
5784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5785
5786 ;;;***
5787 \f
5788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
5789 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5790
5791 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5792
5793 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5794 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5795 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5798 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5799
5800 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5801
5802 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5803 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5805 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5806 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5807
5808 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5809 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5810 point regardless of any selection.
5811
5812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5813
5814 ;;;***
5815 \f
5816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5817 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5819
5820 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5821 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5822
5823 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5824
5825 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5826 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5827 or nil if there is no parent.
5828 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5829 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5830 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5831 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5832 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5833
5834 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5835 arguments are currently understood:
5836 :group GROUP
5837 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5838 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5839 :syntax-table TABLE
5840 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5841 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5842 :abbrev-table TABLE
5843 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5844 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5845
5846 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5847
5848 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5849
5850 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5851 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5852 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5853
5854 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5855 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5856
5857 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5858 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5859 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5860
5861 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5862 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5863
5864 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5865 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5866
5867 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5868
5869 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5870
5871 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5872
5873 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5874 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5875 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5876 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5877 the first time the mode is used.
5878
5879 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5884 ;;;;;; 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5886
5887 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5888 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5889 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5890 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5891 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5892 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5893 otherwise.
5894
5895 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5898 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5899 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5900 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5901
5902 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5903 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5904 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5905
5906 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5907 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5908 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5909 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5910 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5911 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5912 relevant to POS.
5913
5914 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5915
5916 ;;;***
5917 \f
5918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21526 48295 289762
5919 ;;;;;; 0))
5920 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5921
5922 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5923 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5924 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5927 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5928
5929 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5930
5931 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5932 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5934 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5935 is omitted or nil.
5936
5937 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5938 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5939 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5940 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5941
5942 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5943 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5944
5945 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5946 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5947
5948 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5949
5950 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5951
5952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5953
5954 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5955 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5956 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5957 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5958
5959 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5960
5961 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5962 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5963
5964 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5965 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5966 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5967
5968 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5969 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5970
5971 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5972 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5973 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5974
5975 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5976 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5977 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5978 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5979
5980 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5981
5982 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5983 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5984
5985 Handlers are called with argument list
5986
5987 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5988
5989 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5990
5991 `desktop-file-version'
5992 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
5993 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
5994 `desktop-buffer-point'
5995 `desktop-buffer-mark'
5996 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
5997 `desktop-buffer-locals'
5998
5999 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6000 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6001
6002 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6003 code like
6004
6005 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6006 ...
6007 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6008 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6009
6010 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6011
6012 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6013
6014 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6015 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6016 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6017 List elements must have the form
6018
6019 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6020
6021 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6022 function.
6023
6024 Handlers are called with argument list
6025
6026 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6027
6028 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6029
6030 `desktop-file-version'
6031 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6032 `desktop-buffer-name'
6033 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6034 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6035 `desktop-buffer-point'
6036 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6037 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6038 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6039
6040 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6041 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6042 created and set.
6043
6044 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6045 code like
6046
6047 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6048 ...
6049 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6050 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6051
6052 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6053
6054 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6055
6056 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6057
6058 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6059 Empty the Desktop.
6060 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6061 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6062 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6063 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6064 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6065 if different).
6066
6067 \(fn)" t nil)
6068
6069 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6070 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6071 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6072 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6073 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6074 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6075 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6076
6077 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6078
6079 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6080 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6081 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6082
6083 \(fn)" t nil)
6084
6085 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6086 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6087 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6088 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6089 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6090 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6091 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6092 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6093
6094 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6095
6096 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6097 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6098 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6099
6100 \(fn)" nil nil)
6101
6102 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6103
6104 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6105 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6106 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6107 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6108 directory DIRNAME.
6109
6110 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6113 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6114
6115 \(fn)" t nil)
6116
6117 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6118 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6119
6120 \(fn)" t nil)
6121
6122 ;;;***
6123 \f
6124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6125 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6127
6128 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6129 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6130 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6131 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6132 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6133 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6134
6135 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6138 Repair a broken attribution line.
6139 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6140
6141 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6142
6143 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6144 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6145 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6146 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6147
6148 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6149
6150 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6151 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6152
6153 \(fn)" t nil)
6154
6155 ;;;***
6156 \f
6157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21526
6158 ;;;;;; 48295 289762 0))
6159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6160
6161 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6162 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6163 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6164 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6165 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6166
6167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6168
6169 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6170 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6171 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6172 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6173
6174 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6175 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6176 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6177 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6178
6179 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6180 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6181
6182 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6183 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6184 calendar-date-style 'european
6185 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6186
6187 \(diary-mail-entries)
6188
6189 # diary-rem.el ends here
6190
6191 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6194 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6195
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6197
6198 ;;;***
6199 \f
6200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6202
6203 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6204 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6205
6206 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6207
6208 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6209 The command to use to run diff.")
6210
6211 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6212
6213 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6214 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6215 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6216 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6217 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6218 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6219
6220 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6221 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6222 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6223
6224 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6225
6226 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6227 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6228 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6229 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6230 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6231 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6232
6233 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6236 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6237
6238 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6239
6240 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6241 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6242 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6243
6244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6245
6246 ;;;***
6247 \f
6248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21546 33576
6249 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6251
6252 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6253 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6254 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6255 normal diffs.
6256
6257 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6258 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6259 headers for you on-the-fly.
6260
6261 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6262 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6263 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6264
6265 \\{diff-mode-map}
6266
6267 \(fn)" t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6270 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6274
6275 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6276
6277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6278
6279 ;;;***
6280 \f
6281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6283
6284 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6285 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6286 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6287
6288 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6289
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6294
6295 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6296 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6297 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6298 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6299 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6300 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6301 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6302 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6303
6304 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6305
6306 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6307 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6308 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6309 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6310 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6311 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6312
6313 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6314 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6315 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6316 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6317 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6318 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6319 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6320 list of files to make directory entries for.
6321 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6322 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6323 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6324
6325 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6326
6327 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6328 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6329
6330 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6331 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6332
6333 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6334 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6335
6336 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6337 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6338
6339 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6340
6341 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6342 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6343
6344 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6347 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6348 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6349 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6350 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6351 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6352 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6353 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6354 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6355 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6356 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6357 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6358 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6359 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6360 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6361 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6362 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6363 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6364 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6365 to see why something went wrong.
6366 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6367 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6368 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6369 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6370 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6371 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6372 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6373 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6374 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6375 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6376 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6377 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6378 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6379
6380 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6381 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6382 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6383 again for the directory tree.
6384
6385 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6386 for more info):
6387
6388 `dired-listing-switches'
6389 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6390 `dired-marker-char'
6391 `dired-del-marker'
6392 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6393 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6394 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6395 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6396
6397 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6398
6399 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6400 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6401 `dired-mode-hook'
6402 `dired-load-hook'
6403
6404 Keybindings:
6405 \\{dired-mode-map}
6406
6407 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6408 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6409
6410 ;;;***
6411 \f
6412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6413 ;;;;;; 0))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6415
6416 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6417 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6419 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6420 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6421
6422 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6423 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6424 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6425
6426 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6427 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6428 directory.
6429
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431
6432 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6433 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6434 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6435 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6436 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6437 from `default-directory'.
6438
6439 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6440
6441 ;;;***
6442 \f
6443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6444 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6446
6447 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6448 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6449 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6450 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6451 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6452 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6453
6454 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6455
6456 ;;;***
6457 \f
6458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6459 ;;;;;; 0))
6460 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6461
6462 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6463 Return a new, empty display table.
6464
6465 \(fn)" nil nil)
6466
6467 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6468 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6469 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6470 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6471 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6472
6473 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6474
6475 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6476 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6477 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6478 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6479 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6480
6481 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6482
6483 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6484 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6485
6486 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6487
6488 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6489 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6490
6491 \(fn)" t nil)
6492
6493 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6494 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6495
6496 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6497 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6498
6499 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6500 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6501 byte.
6502
6503 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6504 in the default way after this call.
6505
6506 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6507
6508 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6509 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6510
6511 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6512
6513 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6514 Display character C using printable string S.
6515
6516 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6517
6518 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6519 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6520 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6521 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6522
6523 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6524
6525 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6526 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6527 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6528 X frame.
6529
6530 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6531
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6533 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6534
6535 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6538 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6539
6540 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6543 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6544
6545 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6548 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6549
6550 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6553 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6554
6555 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6558 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6559
6560 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6561 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6562
6563 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6564 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6565
6566 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6567 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6568 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6569 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6570
6571 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6572 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6573 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6574 in `.emacs'.
6575
6576 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6577
6578 ;;;***
6579 \f
6580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6581 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6583
6584 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6585 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6586 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6587 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6588 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6589 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6590 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6591 Default is 2.
6592
6593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6594
6595 ;;;***
6596 \f
6597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6599
6600 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6601 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6602 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6603 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6604 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6605 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6606 private or ask).
6607 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6608 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6609 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6610 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6611 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6612
6613 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6614
6615 ;;;***
6616 \f
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6618 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6620
6621 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6622 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6623 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6624 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6625 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6626 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6627 table and its own syntax table.
6628
6629 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6630
6631 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6633
6634 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6635 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6636
6637 \(fn)" t nil)
6638
6639 ;;;***
6640 \f
6641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21462 9001 456449
6642 ;;;;;; 0))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6644
6645 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6646 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6647 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6648 OpenDocument format).
6649
6650 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6653 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6654
6655 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6656 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6657
6658 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6659 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6660 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6661
6662 \(fn)" t nil)
6663
6664 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6665 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6666 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6667 to the next best mode.
6668
6669 \(fn)" nil nil)
6670
6671 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6672 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6673 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6674 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6675 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6676
6677 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6678
6679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6682
6683
6684 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6685
6686 ;;;***
6687 \f
6688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6689 ;;;;;; 0))
6690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6691
6692 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6693 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6694
6695 \(fn)" t nil)
6696
6697 ;;;***
6698 \f
6699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6701
6702 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6703 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6707
6708 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6709 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6710
6711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6712
6713 ;;;***
6714 \f
6715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21406 50214 284651
6716 ;;;;;; 0))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6718 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6719
6720 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6721 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6722
6723 \(fn)" t nil)
6724
6725 ;;;***
6726 \f
6727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21505
6728 ;;;;;; 42150 427725 0))
6729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6730
6731 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6732
6733 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6734 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6735 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6736 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6737 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6738
6739 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6740 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6741 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6742 and disables it otherwise.
6743
6744 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6745 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6746 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6747 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6748
6749 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6750 documenting what its argument does.
6751
6752 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6753 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6754 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6755 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6756 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6757 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6758 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6759 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6760
6761 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6762 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6763 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6764 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6765 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6766 mode is global):
6767
6768 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6769 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6770 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6771 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6772 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6773 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6774 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6775 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6776 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6777 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6778 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6779 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6780 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6781 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6782 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6783 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6784 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6785 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6786 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6787 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6788 in :variable).
6789
6790 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6791 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6792
6793 For example, you could write
6794 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6795 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6796 ...BODY CODE...)
6797
6798 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6799
6800 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6801
6802 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6803
6804 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6805
6806 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6807 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6808 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6809 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6810 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6811 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6812 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6813 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6814 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6815 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6816 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6817 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6818
6819 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6820 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6821 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6822 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6823 call another major mode in their body.
6824
6825 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6826 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6827 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6828
6829 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6830
6831 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6832
6833 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6834 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6835 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6836 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6837 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6838 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6839 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6840
6841 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6842
6843 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6844 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6845 :inherit Parent keymap.
6846 :group Ignored.
6847 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6848 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6849
6850 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6851
6852 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6853 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6854 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6855 the constant's documentation.
6856
6857 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6858
6859 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6860 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6861 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6862
6863 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6864
6865 ;;;***
6866 \f
6867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6868 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6870
6871 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6872 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6873 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6874 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6875
6876 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6877 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6878 as a top-level menu bar item.
6879
6880 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6881 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6882 pairs:
6883
6884 :filter FUNCTION
6885 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6886 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6887 items to actually display.
6888
6889 :visible INCLUDE
6890 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6891 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6892 alias for `:visible'.
6893
6894 :active ENABLE
6895 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6896 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6897 an alias for `:active'.
6898
6899 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6900 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6901
6902 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6903
6904 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6905
6906 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6907 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6908
6909 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6910 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6911
6912 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6913
6914 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6915
6916 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6917 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6918
6919 :keys KEYS
6920 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6921 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6922 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6923 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6924
6925 :key-sequence KEYS
6926 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6927 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6928 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6929 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6930
6931 :active ENABLE
6932 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6933 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6934 alias for `:active'.
6935
6936 :visible INCLUDE
6937 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6938 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6939 `:visible'.
6940
6941 :label FORM
6942 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6943 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6944
6945 :suffix FORM
6946 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6947 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6948
6949 :style STYLE
6950 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6951 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6952 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6953
6954 :selected SELECTED
6955 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6956 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6957
6958 :help HELP
6959 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6960
6961 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6962 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6963 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6964
6965 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6966 MENU. This is a submenu.
6967
6968 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6969
6970 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6971
6972 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6973
6974
6975 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6978 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6979 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6980 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6981
6982 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6983
6984 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6985 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6986 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6987 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6988 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6989 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6990
6991 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6992 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6993 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6994
6995 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6996 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6997 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6998
6999 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7000 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7001
7002 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7003
7004 ;;;***
7005 \f
7006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7009 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7010
7011 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7012 Customization for ebnf group.
7013
7014 \(fn)" t nil)
7015
7016 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7017 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7018
7019 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7020
7021 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7022 processed.
7023
7024 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7025
7026 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7027
7028 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7029 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7030
7031 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7032 killed after process termination.
7033
7034 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7035
7036 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7037
7038 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7040
7041 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7042 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7043 it to the printer.
7044
7045 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7046 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7047 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7048 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7049
7050 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7054 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7055
7056 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7057
7058 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7059 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7060
7061 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7062
7063 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7064 processed.
7065
7066 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7067
7068 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7069
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7072
7073 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7074 killed after process termination.
7075
7076 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7077
7078 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7082 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7083 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7084
7085 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7086
7087 \(fn)" t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7091 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7092
7093 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7094
7095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7096
7097 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7098 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7099
7100 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7101
7102 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7103 processed.
7104
7105 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7106
7107 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7108
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7111
7112 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7113 killed after EPS generation.
7114
7115 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7116
7117 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7121
7122 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7123 The EPS file name has the following form:
7124
7125 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7126
7127 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7128 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7129
7130 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7131 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7132 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7133 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7134 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7135
7136 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7137 files.
7138
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7143
7144 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7145 The EPS file name has the following form:
7146
7147 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7148
7149 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7150 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7151
7152 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7153 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7154 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7155 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7156 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7157
7158 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7159 files.
7160
7161 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7162
7163 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7167
7168 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7169
7170 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7171 are processed.
7172
7173 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7174
7175 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7179
7180 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7181 killed after syntax checking.
7182
7183 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7184
7185 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7186
7187 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7188 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7189
7190 \(fn)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7194
7195 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7199
7200 \(fn)" nil nil)
7201
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7204
7205 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7206
7207 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7208
7209 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7211
7212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7213
7214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Delete style NAME.
7218
7219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7220
7221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7222
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7225
7226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7227
7228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Set STYLE as the current style.
7232
7233 Returns the old style symbol.
7234
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236
7237 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Reset current style.
7241
7242 Returns the old style symbol.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7250
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7252
7253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7254
7255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7256
7257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7261
7262 Returns the old style symbol.
7263
7264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7265
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7267
7268 \(fn)" t nil)
7269
7270 ;;;***
7271 \f
7272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7273 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7277 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7278 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7279 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7280 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7281 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7282
7283 Tree mode key bindings:
7284 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7285
7286 \(fn)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7289 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7290
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7294 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7295
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7299 View declaration of member at point.
7300
7301 \(fn)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7304 Find declaration of member at point.
7305
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7309 View definition of member at point.
7310
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7314 Find definition of member at point.
7315
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7319 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7324 View definition of member at point in other window.
7325
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7329 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7330
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7339 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7340
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7344 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7349 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7350 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7351 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7352 completion.
7353
7354 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7357 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7358 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7359 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7360
7361 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7364 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7365 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7366 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7367
7368 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7371 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7372 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7373
7374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7377 Search for call sites of a member.
7378 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7379 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7380 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7381 looks like a function call to the member.
7382
7383 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7386 Move backward in the position stack.
7387 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7388
7389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7392 Move forward in the position stack.
7393 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7394
7395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7398 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7399
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7403 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7408 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7409 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7410 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7411
7412 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7415 Display statistics for a class tree.
7416
7417 \(fn)" t nil)
7418
7419 ;;;***
7420 \f
7421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7422 ;;;;;; 0))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7424
7425 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7426 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7427 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7428 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7429 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7430 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7431 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7432
7433 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7434
7435 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7436 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7437 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7438 also has this effect.
7439 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7440 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7441 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7442 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7443 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7444 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7445 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7446 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7447 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7448 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7449
7450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451
7452 ;;;***
7453 \f
7454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7455 ;;;;;; 0))
7456 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7457
7458 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7459 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7460 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7461
7462 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7463
7464 ;;;***
7465 \f
7466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7469
7470 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7471
7472
7473 \(fn)" nil nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21350 58112 380040 0))
7478 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7479 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7480
7481 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7482 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7483 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7486 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7487
7488 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7489
7490 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7491 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7495
7496 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7497 an EDE controlled project.
7498
7499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7500
7501 ;;;***
7502 \f
7503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21452 59559
7504 ;;;;;; 901066 0))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7506
7507 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7508 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7509 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7510 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7511 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7512
7513 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7514 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7515 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7516 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7517
7518 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7519
7520 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7521 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7522 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7523 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7524
7525 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7526
7527 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7528 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7529 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7530 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7531
7532 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7533
7534 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7535
7536 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7537 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7538 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7539 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7540 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7541
7542 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7543 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7544 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7545 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7546 instrumented for Edebug.
7547
7548 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7549 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7550 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7551 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7552 already is one.)
7553
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7555
7556 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7557 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7558
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7560
7561 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7562 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7563
7564 \(fn)" t nil)
7565
7566 ;;;***
7567 \f
7568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7570 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7571
7572 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7573 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7574
7575 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7576
7577 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7578 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7579
7580 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7581
7582 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7583
7584 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7587 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7588 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7589 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7590
7591 \(fn)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7594 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7595 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7596 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7601 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7602
7603 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7604
7605 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7606
7607 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7608 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7609
7610 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7611
7612 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7613
7614 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7615 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7616 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7617 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7618
7619 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7620
7621 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7625 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7626 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7627
7628 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7634 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7635 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7636
7637 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7644 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7645
7646 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7651 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7652 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7653 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7654 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7655 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7656
7657 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7661 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7662 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7663
7664 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7665
7666 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7670 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7671 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7672
7673 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7674
7675 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7676
7677 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7678
7679 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7680 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7681 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7682 follows:
7683 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7684 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7685
7686 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7689 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7690 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7691 follows:
7692 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7693 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7694
7695 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7699 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7700 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7701 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7702
7703 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7704
7705 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7707 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7708 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7709 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7710 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7711
7712 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7713
7714 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7715
7716 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7717 Merge two files without ancestor.
7718
7719 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7720
7721 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7722 Merge two files with ancestor.
7723
7724 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7725
7726 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7729 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7730
7731 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7734 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7735
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7737
7738 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7740 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7741 buffer.
7742
7743 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7744
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7746 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7747 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7748 buffer.
7749
7750 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7751
7752 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7753 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7754 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7755 and don't ask the user.
7756 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7757 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7758
7759 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7763 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7764 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7765 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7766 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7767 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7768 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7769
7770 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7773
7774 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7778 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7779 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7780 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7781
7782 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7783
7784 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7787 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7788 When called interactively, displays the version.
7789
7790 \(fn)" t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7793 Display Ediff's manual.
7794 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7795
7796 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7799
7800
7801 \(fn)" nil nil)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7804
7805
7806 \(fn)" nil nil)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7809
7810
7811 \(fn)" nil nil)
7812
7813 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7814
7815
7816 \(fn)" nil nil)
7817
7818 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7819
7820
7821 \(fn)" nil nil)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7824
7825
7826 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7829
7830
7831 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832
7833 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7834
7835
7836 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837
7838 ;;;***
7839 \f
7840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7841 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7842 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7843
7844 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7845
7846
7847 \(fn)" t nil)
7848
7849 ;;;***
7850 \f
7851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21429 11690
7852 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
7853 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7854
7855 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7856 Display Ediff's registry.
7857
7858 \(fn)" t nil)
7859
7860 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7861
7862 ;;;***
7863 \f
7864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21458 11942
7865 ;;;;;; 975332 0))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7869 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7870 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7871 which see.
7872
7873 \(fn)" t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7876 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7877 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7878 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7879
7880 \(fn)" t nil)
7881
7882 ;;;***
7883 \f
7884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7885 ;;;;;; 0))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7887 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7888
7889 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7890 Edit a keyboard macro.
7891 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7892 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7893 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7894 its command name.
7895 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7896
7897 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7900 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7901
7902 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7905 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7906
7907 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7910 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7911 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7912 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7913 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7914 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7915
7916 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7917 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7918 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7919 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7920
7921 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7924 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7925 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7926 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7927 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7928 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7929
7930 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7931
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21417 20521 870414
7935 ;;;;;; 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7937
7938 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7939 Set scroll margins.
7940 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7941 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7942
7943 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7944
7945 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7946 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7947
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7949
7950 ;;;***
7951 \f
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7954
7955 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7956 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7957 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7958 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7959 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7960 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7961 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7962
7963 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7964 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7965
7966 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7967 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7968 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7969 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7970
7971 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7972 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7973 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7974
7975 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7976 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7977 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7978
7979 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7980
7981 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7982
7983
7984 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7985
7986 ;;;***
7987 \f
7988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21379 5529 990138
7989 ;;;;;; 255000))
7990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7991 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
7996 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7998 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7999
8000 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8001 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8002 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8003 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8004 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8005 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8006 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8007
8008 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8009
8010 ;;;***
8011 \f
8012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21546 33576
8013 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8015
8016 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8017 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8018
8019 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8020
8021 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8022 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8024 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8025 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8026
8027 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8028 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8029 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8030 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8031 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8032 expression point is on.
8033
8034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8035
8036 (defvar global-eldoc-mode nil "\
8037 Non-nil if Global-Eldoc mode is enabled.
8038 See the command `global-eldoc-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8040 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8041 or call the function `global-eldoc-mode'.")
8042
8043 (custom-autoload 'global-eldoc-mode "eldoc" nil)
8044
8045 (autoload 'global-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8046 Enable `eldoc-mode' in all buffers where it's applicable.
8047
8048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8049
8050 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8051
8052 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8053 Function to call to return doc string.
8054 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8055 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8056 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8057 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8058 arg list.
8059
8060 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8061 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8062 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8063 effect.
8064
8065 This variable is expected to be set buffer-locally by modes that support ElDoc.")
8066
8067 ;;;***
8068 \f
8069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8070 ;;;;;; 0))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8072
8073 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8074 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8075
8076 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8077 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8078 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8079
8080 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8081
8082 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8083 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8084 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8087 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8088
8089 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8090
8091 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8092 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8094 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8095 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8096
8097 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8098 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8099 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8100
8101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8102
8103 ;;;***
8104 \f
8105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8106 ;;;;;; 0))
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8108
8109 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8110 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8111
8112 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8113 an elided material again.
8114
8115 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8116
8117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8118
8119 ;;;***
8120 \f
8121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8122 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8124
8125 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8126 Lint the file FILE.
8127
8128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8131 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8132 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8133
8134 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8137 Lint the current buffer.
8138 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8139
8140 \(fn)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8143 Lint the function at point.
8144 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8145
8146 \(fn)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8149 Initialize elint.
8150 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8151 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8152
8153 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8154
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8158 ;;;;;; 0))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8160
8161 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8162 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8163 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8164
8165 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8168 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8169 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8170 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8171
8172 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8175 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8176 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8177
8178 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8179
8180 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8181
8182 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8183 Display current profiling results.
8184 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8185 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8186 displayed.
8187
8188 \(fn)" t nil)
8189
8190 ;;;***
8191 \f
8192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8193 ;;;;;; 0))
8194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8195
8196 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8197 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8198 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8199 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8200 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8201 ARG is omitted or nil.
8202
8203 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8204 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8205 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8206 used instead.
8207
8208 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8209
8210 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8211 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8212 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8213
8214 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8215
8216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8221 ;;;;;; 615000))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8223
8224 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8225 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8226 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8227
8228 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8229
8230 ;;;***
8231 \f
8232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21364 37926 837230
8233 ;;;;;; 0))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8235
8236 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8237 Run Emerge on two files.
8238
8239 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8240
8241 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8242 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8243
8244 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8247 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8248
8249 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8252 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8253
8254 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8255
8256 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8257
8258
8259 \(fn)" nil nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8262
8263
8264 \(fn)" nil nil)
8265
8266 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8267
8268
8269 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8272
8273
8274 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8277 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8278
8279 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8282 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8283
8284 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8285
8286 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8287
8288
8289 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8290
8291 ;;;***
8292 \f
8293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8294 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8296
8297 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8298 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8299 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8300 text/enriched format.
8301
8302 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8303 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8304 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8305
8306 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8307
8308 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8309 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8310
8311 Commands:
8312
8313 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8314
8315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8318
8319
8320 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8323
8324
8325 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8326
8327 ;;;***
8328 \f
8329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8331
8332 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8333 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8334
8335 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8336
8337 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8338 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8339
8340 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8341
8342 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8343 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8344 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8345 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8346 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8347 the keys are listed.
8348 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8349
8350 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8353 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8354 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8355
8356 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8357
8358 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8359 Verify FILE.
8360
8361 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8362
8363 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8364 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8365
8366 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8369 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8370
8371 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8374 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8375
8376 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8377 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8378 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8379 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8380
8381 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8382 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8383 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8384 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8385 should consider using the string based counterpart
8386 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8387 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8388
8389 For example:
8390
8391 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8392 (decode-coding-string
8393 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8394 'utf-8))
8395
8396 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8399 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8400
8401 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8402 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8403
8404 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8405
8406 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8407
8408 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8409 Verify the current region between START and END.
8410
8411 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8412 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8413 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8414 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8415 should consider using the string based counterpart
8416 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8417 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8418
8419 For example:
8420
8421 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8422 (decode-coding-string
8423 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8424 'utf-8))
8425
8426 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8427
8428 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8429
8430 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8431 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8432 between START and END.
8433
8434 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8435 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8436
8437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8438
8439 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8440
8441 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8442 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8443
8444 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8445 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8446 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8447 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8448 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8449 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8450
8451 For example:
8452
8453 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8454 (epg-sign-string
8455 context
8456 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8457
8458 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8459
8460 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8461
8462 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8463 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8464
8465 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8466 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8467 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8468 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8469 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8470 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8471
8472 For example:
8473
8474 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8475 (epg-encrypt-string
8476 context
8477 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8478 nil))
8479
8480 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8481
8482 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8483
8484 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8485 Delete selected KEYS.
8486
8487 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8490 Import keys from FILE.
8491
8492 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8493
8494 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8495 Import keys from the region.
8496
8497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8500 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8501 between START and END.
8502
8503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8506 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8507
8508 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8511 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8512
8513 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8514
8515 ;;;***
8516 \f
8517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8518 ;;;;;; 0))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8520
8521 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8522 Decrypt marked files.
8523
8524 \(fn)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8527 Verify marked files.
8528
8529 \(fn)" t nil)
8530
8531 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8532 Sign marked files.
8533
8534 \(fn)" t nil)
8535
8536 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8537 Encrypt marked files.
8538
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8540
8541 ;;;***
8542 \f
8543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8544 ;;;;;; 0))
8545 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8546
8547 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8548
8549
8550 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8553
8554
8555 \(fn)" t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8558
8559
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8561
8562 ;;;***
8563 \f
8564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8565 ;;;;;; 0))
8566 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8569 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8570 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8571 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8572 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8573
8574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8577 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8578 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8579
8580 \(fn)" t nil)
8581
8582 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8585 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8586 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8587
8588 \(fn)" t nil)
8589
8590 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8593 Sign the current buffer.
8594 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8595
8596 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8597
8598 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8601 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8602 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8603 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8604 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8605 and also whether and how to sign.
8606
8607 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8608 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8609 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8610
8611 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8612
8613 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8614
8615 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8616 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8617 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8618
8619 \(fn)" t nil)
8620
8621 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8622
8623 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8624 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8625 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8628 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8629
8630 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8631
8632 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8633 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8635 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8636 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8637
8638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8639
8640 ;;;***
8641 \f
8642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21364 37926 837230 0))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8644 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8645
8646 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8647 Return a context object.
8648
8649 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8650
8651 ;;;***
8652 \f
8653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21543 57381 284584
8654 ;;;;;; 0))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8656
8657 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8658 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8659
8660 \(fn)" nil nil)
8661
8662 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8663 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8664
8665 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8668 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8669
8670 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8671
8672 ;;;***
8673 \f
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21542 36519 256429 0))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8676
8677 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8678 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8679
8680 \(fn)" nil nil)
8681
8682 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8683 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8684 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8685
8686 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8687
8688 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8689 (server (erc-compute-server))
8690 (port (erc-compute-port))
8691 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8692 password
8693 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8694
8695 That is, if called with
8696
8697 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8698
8699 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8700 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8701 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8702
8703 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8704
8705 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8706
8707 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8708 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8709 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8710
8711 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8714 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8715 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8716 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8717
8718 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8719
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8723 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8726
8727 ;;;***
8728 \f
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8730 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8732 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8733
8734 ;;;***
8735 \f
8736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8737 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8739 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8740
8741 ;;;***
8742 \f
8743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8744 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8745 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8746 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8747
8748 ;;;***
8749 \f
8750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8751 ;;;;;; 0))
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8753 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8754
8755 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8756 Parser for /dcc command.
8757 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8758 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8759 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8760
8761 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8762
8763 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8764 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8765
8766 \(fn)" nil nil)
8767
8768 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8769 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8770
8771 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8772 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8773 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8774 that subcommand.
8775
8776 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8777
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8781 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8783 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8784
8785 ;;;***
8786 \f
8787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8788 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8789 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8790
8791 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8792 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8793
8794 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8797 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8798 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8799 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8800
8801 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8802
8803 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8804
8805
8806 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8809 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8810
8811 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8812
8813 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8814 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8815
8816 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8817
8818 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8819 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8820
8821 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8822
8823 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8824 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8825
8826 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8827
8828 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8829 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8830
8831 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8832
8833 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8834 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8835
8836 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8839 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8840
8841 \(fn)" nil nil)
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8844 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8845
8846 \(fn)" nil nil)
8847
8848 ;;;***
8849 \f
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8851 ;;;;;; 0))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8853 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8854
8855 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8856 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8857 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8858
8859 \(fn)" nil nil)
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8864 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8866 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8867
8868 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8869 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8870 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8871 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8872 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8873 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8874 system.
8875
8876 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8877
8878 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8879
8880
8881 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8882
8883 ;;;***
8884 \f
8885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8886 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8888
8889 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8890
8891
8892 \(fn)" nil nil)
8893
8894 ;;;***
8895 \f
8896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8897 ;;;;;; 0))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8899 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8900
8901 ;;;***
8902 \f
8903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8904 ;;;;;; 0))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8906 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8907
8908 ;;;***
8909 \f
8910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8911 ;;;;;; 0))
8912 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8913 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8914
8915 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8916 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8917 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8918 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8919 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8920 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8921
8922 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8923
8924 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8925 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8926 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8927 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8928
8929 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8930 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8931 automatically.
8932
8933 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8934 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8935
8936 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8937
8938 ;;;***
8939 \f
8940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8941 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8943 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8944
8945 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8946 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8947
8948 \(fn)" t nil)
8949
8950 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8951 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8952
8953 \(fn)" t nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8956 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8957
8958 \(fn)" t nil)
8959
8960 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8961 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8962
8963 \(fn)" t nil)
8964
8965 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8966 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8967
8968 \(fn)" t nil)
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8971 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8972
8973 \(fn)" t nil)
8974
8975 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8976 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8977
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8979
8980 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8981 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8982
8983 \(fn)" t nil)
8984
8985 ;;;***
8986 \f
8987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
8988 ;;;;;; 0))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8990 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8991
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
8995 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8996 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8997 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8998
8999 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9000 Show who's gone.
9001
9002 \(fn)" nil nil)
9003
9004 ;;;***
9005 \f
9006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
9007 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9009
9010 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9011 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9012 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9013 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9014
9015 \(fn)" nil nil)
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9018 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9019
9020 \(fn)" t nil)
9021
9022 ;;;***
9023 \f
9024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9025 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9028
9029 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9030 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9031 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9032 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9033
9034 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9035
9036 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9037
9038
9039 \(fn)" nil nil)
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9044 ;;;;;; 0))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9046 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9047
9048 ;;;***
9049 \f
9050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9051 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9053 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9054
9055 ;;;***
9056 \f
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9058 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9061
9062 ;;;***
9063 \f
9064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9065 ;;;;;; 0))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9068
9069 ;;;***
9070 \f
9071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9072 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9074 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9075
9076 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9077 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9078
9079 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9080
9081 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9082 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9083 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9084
9085 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9086
9087 ;;;***
9088 \f
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9090 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9092 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9093
9094 ;;;***
9095 \f
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9097 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9099
9100 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9101 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9102 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9103
9104 \(fn)" t nil)
9105
9106 ;;;***
9107 \f
9108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9109 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9110 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9111 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9112
9113 ;;;***
9114 \f
9115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21546 33576
9116 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21547 54441
9123 ;;;;;; 168831 0))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9125
9126 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9127 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9128 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9129
9130 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9131
9132 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9133 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9134 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9135 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9136 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9137
9138 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9139 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9140 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9141 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9142
9143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9144 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9145
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9149 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9152
9153 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9154 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9155 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9156 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9157
9158 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9159
9160 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9161 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9162 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9163
9164 \(fn)" t nil)
9165
9166 ;;;***
9167 \f
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9169 ;;;;;; 0))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9172
9173 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9174 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9175
9176 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179 \f
9180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21419 62246 751914
9181 ;;;;;; 0))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9183
9184 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9185 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9186
9187 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9188 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9189
9190 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9191 useful for assertions in BODY.
9192
9193 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9194
9195 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9196 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9197 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9198
9199 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9200
9201 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9202
9203 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9204
9205 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9206 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9207
9208 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9209 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9210 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9211 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9212
9213 Returns the stats object.
9214
9215 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9216
9217 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9218 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9219
9220 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9221 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9222 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9223 the tests).
9224
9225 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9226
9227 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9228 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9229
9230 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9231 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9232 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9233 and how to display message.
9234
9235 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9236
9237 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9238
9239 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9240 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9241
9242 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9243
9244 ;;;***
9245 \f
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9247 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9249
9250 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9251
9252 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9253 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9254
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9260 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9262
9263 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9264 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9265
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21403 21396 190131
9271 ;;;;;; 14000))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9273 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9274
9275 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9276 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9277 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9278 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9279 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9280 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9281 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9282 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9283 buffer selected (or created).
9284
9285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9288 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9289 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9290
9291 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9292
9293 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9294 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9295 The result might be any Lisp object.
9296 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9297 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9298 corresponding to a successful execution.
9299
9300 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9301
9302 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9303
9304 ;;;***
9305 \f
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9307 ;;;;;; 0))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9309
9310 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9311 File name of tags table.
9312 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9313 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9314 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9315 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9316 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9317
9318 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9319 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9320 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9321 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9322
9323 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9324
9325 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9326 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9327 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9328 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9329 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9330 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9331
9332 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9333
9334 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9335 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9336 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9337
9338 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9339
9340 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9341 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9342 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9343 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9344 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9345
9346 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9347
9348 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9349 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9350 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9351 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9352
9353 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9354
9355 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9356 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9357 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9358 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9359 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9360
9361 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9362
9363 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9364 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9365
9366 \(fn)" t nil)
9367
9368 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9369 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9370 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9371 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9372
9373 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9374 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9375 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9376 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9377 file the tag was in.
9378
9379 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9380
9381 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9382 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9383 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9384 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9385 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9386 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9387 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9388 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9389 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9390
9391 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9394 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9395 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9396 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9397 without directory names.
9398
9399 \(fn)" nil nil)
9400 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9401 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9402 (progn
9403 (load "etags")
9404 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9405
9406 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9407 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9408 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9409 but does not select the buffer.
9410 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9411
9412 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9413 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9414 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9415 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9416 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9417
9418 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9419
9420 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9421 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9422 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9423
9424 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9425
9426 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9427
9428 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9429 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9430 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9431 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9432
9433 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9434 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9435 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9436 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9437 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9438
9439 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9440
9441 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9442 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9443 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9444
9445 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9446
9447 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9448 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9449
9450 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9451 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9452 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9453 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9454 around or before point.
9455
9456 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9457 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9458 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9459 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9460 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9461
9462 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9463
9464 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9465 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9466 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9467
9468 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9469
9470 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9471 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9472
9473 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9474 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9475 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9476 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9477 around or before point.
9478
9479 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9480 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9481 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9482 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9483 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9484
9485 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9486
9487 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9488 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9489 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9490
9491 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9492
9493 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9494 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9495
9496 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9497 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9498 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9499
9500 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9501 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9502 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9503 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9504 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9505
9506 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9507
9508 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9509 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9510 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9511
9512 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9513
9514 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9515 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9516 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9517
9518 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9519 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9520
9521 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9522 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9523 where they were found.
9524
9525 \(fn)" t nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9528 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9529
9530 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9531 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9532 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9533
9534 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9535 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9536
9537 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9538 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9539
9540 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9541
9542 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9543 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9544 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9545 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9546
9547 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9548 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9549 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9550 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9551 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9552
9553 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9554 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9555
9556 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9557 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9558 Stops when a match is found.
9559 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9560
9561 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9562 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9563 restricted to these files.
9564
9565 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9566
9567 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9568
9569 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9570 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9571 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9572 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9573 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9574 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9575 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9576 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9577
9578 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9579 produce the list of files to search.
9580
9581 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9582
9583 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9584
9585 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9586 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9587 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9588 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9589 directory specification.
9590
9591 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9592
9593 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9594 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9595
9596 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9597
9598 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9599 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9600 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9601 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9602
9603 \(fn)" t nil)
9604
9605 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9606 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9607 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9608 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9609 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9610
9611 \(fn)" t nil)
9612
9613 ;;;***
9614 \f
9615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9616 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9617 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9618
9619 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9620
9621
9622 \(fn)" nil nil)
9623
9624 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9625 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9626
9627 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9628 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9629
9630 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9631 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9632 primary language.
9633
9634 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9635 even if the buffer is read-only.
9636
9637 See also the descriptions of the variables
9638 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9639
9640 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9641
9642 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9643 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9644
9645 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9646 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9647
9648 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9649 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9650 primary language.
9651
9652 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9653 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9654
9655 See also the descriptions of the variables
9656 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9657
9658 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9659
9660 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9661 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9662 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9663 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9664
9665 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9668 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9669 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9670 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9671
9672 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9673 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9674 primary language.
9675
9676 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9677 buffer is read-only.
9678
9679 See also the descriptions of the variables
9680 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9681 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9682
9683 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9686 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9687
9688 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9689 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9690
9691 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9692 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9693 the primary language.
9694
9695 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9696 buffer is read-only.
9697
9698 See also the descriptions of the variables
9699 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9700 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9701
9702 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9705 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9706 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9707
9708 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9709
9710 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9711 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9712
9713 \(fn)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9716 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9717
9718 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9719 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9720 be 1, 2, or 3.
9721
9722 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9723 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9724 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9725
9726 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9727
9728 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9729
9730 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9731 This function is deprecated.
9732
9733 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9734
9735 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9736 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9737
9738 \(fn)" t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9741 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9742
9743 \(fn)" t nil)
9744
9745 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9746 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9747
9748 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9749 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9750
9751 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9752 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9753
9754 \(fn)" nil nil)
9755
9756 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9757 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9758
9759 \(fn)" nil nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9762 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9763
9764 \(fn)" nil nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9767 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9768
9769 \(fn)" nil nil)
9770
9771 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9772 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9773 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9774
9775 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9776
9777 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9778
9779
9780 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9781
9782 ;;;***
9783 \f
9784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9786
9787 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9788 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9789 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9790 server for future sessions.
9791
9792 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9795 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9796 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9797
9798 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9799
9800 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9801 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9802 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9803
9804 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9807 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9808 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9809 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9810 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9811 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9812 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9813 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9814 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9815 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9816 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9817 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9818
9819 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9822 Display a form to query the directory server.
9823 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9824 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9825
9826 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9829 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9830 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9831
9832 \(fn)" t nil)
9833
9834 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9835
9836 ;;;***
9837 \f
9838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9839 ;;;;;; 0))
9840 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9841
9842 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9843 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9844
9845 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9848 Display URL and make it clickable.
9849
9850 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9851
9852 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9853 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9854
9855 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9856
9857 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9858 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9859
9860 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9861
9862 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9863 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9864
9865 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9866
9867 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9868 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9869
9870 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9871
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9875 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9877
9878 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9879 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9880 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9881
9882 \(fn)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9885 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9886
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9888
9889 ;;;***
9890 \f
9891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9892 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9894
9895 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9896 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9897
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9899
9900 ;;;***
9901 \f
9902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9903 ;;;;;; 0))
9904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9905
9906 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9907 Create an empty ewoc.
9908
9909 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9910
9911 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9912 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9913 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9914 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9915 `insert-before-markers'.
9916
9917 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9918 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9919 respectively, of the ewoc.
9920
9921 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9922 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9923 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9924
9925 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9926
9927 ;;;***
9928 \f
9929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
9930 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9931
9932 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9933 Fetch URL and render the page.
9934 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9935 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9936
9937 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9938 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9939
9940 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9941 Render a file using EWW.
9942
9943 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9946
9947
9948 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9949
9950 ;;;***
9951 \f
9952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9953 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9955
9956 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9957 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9958 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9959
9960 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9961
9962 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9963 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9964 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9965 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9966 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9967
9968 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9971 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9972 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9973 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9974 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9975 executable.
9976
9977 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9978
9979 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9980 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9981 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9982
9983 \(fn)" t nil)
9984
9985 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9986 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9987 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9988 file modes.
9989
9990 \(fn)" nil nil)
9991
9992 ;;;***
9993 \f
9994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9995 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9996
9997 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9998 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9999 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10000 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10001
10002 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10003
10004 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10005 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10006 to generate such functions.
10007
10008 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10009 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10010 beginning of the expanded text.
10011
10012 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10013 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10014 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10015 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10016
10017 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10018
10019 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10020
10021 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10022 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10023 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10024
10025 \(fn)" nil nil)
10026
10027 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10028 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10029 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10030
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10034 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10035 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10036
10037 \(fn)" t nil)
10038 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10039 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10040
10041 ;;;***
10042 \f
10043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21429 11690 49391
10044 ;;;;;; 0))
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10046
10047 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10048 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10049 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10050
10051 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10052 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10053 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10054
10055 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10056
10057 Key definitions:
10058 \\{f90-mode-map}
10059
10060 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10061
10062 `f90-do-indent'
10063 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10064 `f90-if-indent'
10065 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10066 `f90-type-indent'
10067 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10068 `f90-program-indent'
10069 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10070 (default 2).
10071 `f90-associate-indent'
10072 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10073 `f90-critical-indent'
10074 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10075 `f90-continuation-indent'
10076 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10077 `f90-comment-region'
10078 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10079 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10080 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10081 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10082 (default \"!\").
10083 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10084 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10085 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10086 `f90-break-delimiters'
10087 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10088 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10089 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10090 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10091 (default t).
10092 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10093 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10094 `f90-smart-end'
10095 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10096 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10097 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10098 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10099 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10100 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10101 `f90-leave-line-no'
10102 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10103
10104 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10105 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10106
10107 \(fn)" t nil)
10108
10109 ;;;***
10110 \f
10111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10112 ;;;;;; 0))
10113 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10114
10115 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10116 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10117 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10118 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10119
10120 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10121 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10122 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10123 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10124 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10125
10126 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10127 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10128 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10129 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10130 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10131 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10132 attributes.
10133
10134 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10135 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10136
10137 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10138
10139 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10140 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10141 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10142 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10143
10144 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10145
10146 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10147 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10148 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10149 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10150
10151 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10152 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10153 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10154
10155 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10156 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10157 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10158 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10159
10160 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10161
10162 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10163 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10164 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10165
10166 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10167 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10168 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10169 the same amount).
10170
10171 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10172
10173 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10174 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10175 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10176
10177 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10178 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10179 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10180 will remove any scaling currently active.
10181
10182 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10183
10184 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10185 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10186 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10187
10188 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10189 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10190 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10191 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10192 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10193
10194 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10195 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10196
10197 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10198
10199 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10200 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10201
10202 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10203 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10204 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10205
10206 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10207 the face height as long as the input event read
10208 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10209
10210 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10211 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10212 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10213 will remove any scaling currently active.
10214
10215 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10216 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10217 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10218 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10219 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10220
10221 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10222
10223 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10224 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10225 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10226 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10227 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10228 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10229
10230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10231
10232 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10233 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10234 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10235 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10236 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10237 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10238 `buffer-face-mode'.
10239
10240 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10241 local, and sets it to FACE.
10242
10243 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10244
10245 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10246 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10247 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10248 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10249 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10250 `face' text property.
10251
10252 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10253 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10254 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10255 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10256
10257 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10258 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10259
10260 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10261
10262 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10263 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10264 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10265 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10266
10267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10268
10269 ;;;***
10270 \f
10271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10272 ;;;;;; 0))
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10274 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10275
10276 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10277 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10278 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10279 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10280
10281 \(fn)" nil nil)
10282
10283 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10284 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10285
10286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10287
10288 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10289 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10290 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10291 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10292
10293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10296 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10297 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10298 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10299 backup file names and the like).
10300
10301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10302
10303 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10304 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10305 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10306 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10307 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10308 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10309 internally by feedmail):
10310
10311 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10312 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10313 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10314 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10315
10316 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10317 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10318 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10319 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10320 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10321
10322 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10323
10324 ;;;***
10325 \f
10326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10328
10329 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10330 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10331 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10332 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10333 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10334 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10335 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10336
10337 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10338
10339 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10340 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10341 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10342 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10343 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10344 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10345 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10346
10347 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10348
10349 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10350
10351 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10352 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10353 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10354 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10355 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10356 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10357
10358 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10359
10360 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10361 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10362 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10363 Return value:
10364 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10365 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10366 * otherwise, nil
10367
10368 \(fn E)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10371 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10372 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10373
10374 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10377 Try to get a file name at point.
10378 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10379
10380 \(fn)" nil nil)
10381
10382 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10383 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10384
10385 \(fn)" t nil)
10386
10387 ;;;***
10388 \f
10389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10390 ;;;;;; 0))
10391 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10392
10393 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10394 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10395 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10396 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10397
10398 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10399
10400 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10401 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10402 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10403 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10404 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10405 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10406
10407 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10410 Add FILE to the file cache.
10411
10412 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10415 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10416 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10417
10418 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10419
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10421 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10422 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10423
10424 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10427 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10428 This function does not use any external programs.
10429 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10430 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10431 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10432
10433 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10434
10435 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10436 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10437 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10438 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10439 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10440 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10441 \(directories) is done.
10442
10443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10444
10445 ;;;***
10446 \f
10447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10448 ;;;;;; 0))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10450
10451 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10452 Handle file system monitoring event.
10453 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10454 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10455
10456 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10457
10458 ;;;***
10459 \f
10460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10461 ;;;;;; 0))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10463
10464 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10465 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10466
10467 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10468 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10469 Local Variables list.
10470
10471 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10472 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10473 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10474
10475 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10476
10477 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10478 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10479
10480 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10483 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10484
10485 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10486 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10487 the -*- line.
10488
10489 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10490 then this function adds it.
10491
10492 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10493
10494 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10495 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10496
10497 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10500 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10501
10502 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10503
10504 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10505 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10506
10507 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10508
10509 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10510 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10511
10512 \(fn)" t nil)
10513
10514 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10515 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10516
10517 \(fn)" t nil)
10518
10519 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10520 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10521
10522 \(fn)" t nil)
10523
10524 ;;;***
10525 \f
10526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10527 ;;;;;; 0))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10529
10530 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10531 Filesets initialization.
10532 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10533
10534 \(fn)" nil nil)
10535
10536 ;;;***
10537 \f
10538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21539 60334 648861
10539 ;;;;;; 0))
10540 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10541 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10542
10543 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10544 Initiate the building of a find command.
10545 For example:
10546
10547 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10548 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10549 (mtime \"+1\"))
10550 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10551
10552 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10553 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10554
10555 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10556
10557 ;;;***
10558 \f
10559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10560 ;;;;;; 0))
10561 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10562
10563 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10564 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10565 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10566
10567 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10568
10569 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10570 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10571
10572 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10573
10574 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10575 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10576 and run Dired on those files.
10577 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10578 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10579
10580 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10581
10582 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10583
10584 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10587 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10588 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10589
10590 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10591 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10592
10593 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10594 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10595
10596 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10597
10598 ;;;***
10599 \f
10600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10601 ;;;;;; 0))
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10603
10604 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10605 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10606 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10607 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10608 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10609 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10610 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10611
10612 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10613
10614 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10615 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10616 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10617
10618 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10619
10620 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10621
10622 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10623
10624 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10625 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10626 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10627
10628 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10629 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10630
10631 Variables of interest include:
10632
10633 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10634 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10635 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10636
10637 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10638 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10639 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10640
10641 - `ff-ignore-include'
10642 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10643
10644 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10645 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10646
10647 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10648 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10649
10650 - `ff-special-constructs'
10651 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10652 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10653 extracting the filename from that construct.
10654
10655 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10656 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10657
10658 - `ff-search-directories'
10659 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10660 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10661
10662 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10663 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10664
10665 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10666 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10667
10668 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10669 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10670
10671 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10672 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10673
10674 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10675 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10676
10677 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10678
10679 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10680 Visit the file you click on.
10681
10682 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10683
10684 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10685 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10686
10687 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10688
10689 ;;;***
10690 \f
10691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21419
10692 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
10693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10694
10695 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10696 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10697 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10698
10699 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10700
10701 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10702 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10703 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10704 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10705
10706 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10707 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10708 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10709 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10710
10711 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10712
10713 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10714 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10715
10716 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10717 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10718 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10719 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10720
10721 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10722 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10723 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10724
10725 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10726 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10727 in `load-path'.
10728
10729 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10730
10731 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10732 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10733
10734 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10735 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10736 places point before the definition.
10737 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10738
10739 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10740 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10741 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10742
10743 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10744
10745 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10746 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10747
10748 See `find-function' for more details.
10749
10750 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10751
10752 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10753 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10754
10755 See `find-function' for more details.
10756
10757 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10758
10759 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10760 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10761
10762 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10763 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10764 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10765
10766 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10767 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10768
10769 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10770
10771 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10772 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10773
10774 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10775 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10776 places point before the definition.
10777
10778 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10779
10780 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10781 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10782 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10783
10784 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10785
10786 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10787 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10788
10789 See `find-variable' for more details.
10790
10791 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10792
10793 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10794 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10795
10796 See `find-variable' for more details.
10797
10798 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10801 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10802 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10803 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10804 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10805 buffer nor display it.
10806
10807 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10808 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10809
10810 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10811
10812 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10813 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10814
10815 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10816 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10817 places point before the definition.
10818
10819 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10820
10821 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10822 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10823 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10824
10825 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10826
10827 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10828 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10829 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10830
10831 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10834 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10835
10836 \(fn)" t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10839 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10840
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10842
10843 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10844 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10845
10846 \(fn)" nil nil)
10847
10848 ;;;***
10849 \f
10850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10851 ;;;;;; 0))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10853
10854 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10855 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10856
10857 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10860 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10861
10862 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10865 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10866
10867 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10868
10869 ;;;***
10870 \f
10871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
10872 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10873 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10874
10875 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10876 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10877
10878 \(fn)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10881 Display FILE's commentary section.
10882 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10883
10884 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10887 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10888
10889 \(fn)" t nil)
10890
10891 ;;;***
10892 \f
10893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10894 ;;;;;; 0))
10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10896
10897 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10898 Toggle flow control handling.
10899 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10900 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10901
10902 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10903
10904 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10905 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10906 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10907 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10908 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10909 to get the effect of a C-q.
10910
10911 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10912
10913 ;;;***
10914 \f
10915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10916 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10918
10919 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10920
10921
10922 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10923
10924 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10925
10926
10927 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10932 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10934 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10935
10936 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10937 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10938 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10939 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10940 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10941 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10942
10943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10944
10945 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10946 Turn flymake mode on.
10947
10948 \(fn)" nil nil)
10949
10950 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10951 Turn flymake mode off.
10952
10953 \(fn)" nil nil)
10954
10955 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10956
10957
10958 \(fn)" nil nil)
10959
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10963 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10965
10966 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10967 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10968
10969 \(fn)" t nil)
10970 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10971
10972 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10973 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10974 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10975 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10976 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10977
10978 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10979 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10980 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10981
10982 Bindings:
10983 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10984 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10985 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10986 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10987
10988 Hooks:
10989 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10990
10991 Remark:
10992 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10993 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10994 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10995
10996 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10997 consider adding:
10998 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10999 in your init file.
11000
11001 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11002 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11003
11004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11005
11006 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11007 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11008
11009 \(fn)" nil nil)
11010
11011 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11012 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11013
11014 \(fn)" nil nil)
11015
11016 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11017 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11018
11019 \(fn)" nil nil)
11020
11021 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11022 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11023
11024 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11027 Flyspell whole buffer.
11028
11029 \(fn)" t nil)
11030
11031 ;;;***
11032 \f
11033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11034 ;;;;;; 0))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11036 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11037
11038 ;;;***
11039 \f
11040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11042
11043 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11044 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11045
11046 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11049 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11050
11051 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052
11053 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11054 Toggle Follow mode.
11055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11056 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11057 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11058
11059 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11060 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11061
11062 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11063 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11064 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11065
11066 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11067 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11068 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11069 movement commands.
11070
11071 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11072 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11073 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11074 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11075 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11076 mileage may vary).
11077
11078 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11079 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11080
11081 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11082
11083 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11084
11085 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11086 \\{follow-mode-map}
11087
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11089
11090 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11091 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11092
11093 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11094 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11095 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11096 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11097 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11098 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11099
11100 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11101 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11102 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11103
11104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11105
11106 ;;;***
11107 \f
11108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11109 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11111 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11112
11113 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11114 Toggle Footnote mode.
11115 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11116 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11117 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11118
11119 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11120 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11121 play around with the following keys:
11122 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11123
11124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11125
11126 ;;;***
11127 \f
11128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11129 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11130
11131 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11132 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11133
11134 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11135 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11136 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11137 C-c < forms-first-record <
11138 C-c > forms-last-record >
11139 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11140 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11141 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11142 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11143 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11144 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11145 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11146 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11147 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11148 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11149
11150 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11151
11152 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11153 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11154
11155 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11156
11157 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11158 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11159
11160 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11161
11162 ;;;***
11163 \f
11164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11165 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11167
11168 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11169 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11170 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11171
11172 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11173 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11174
11175 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11176
11177 Key definitions:
11178 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11179
11180 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11181
11182 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11183 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11184 `fortran-do-indent'
11185 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11186 `fortran-if-indent'
11187 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11188 `fortran-structure-indent'
11189 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11190 (default 3)
11191 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11192 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11193 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11194 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11195 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11196 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11197 nil don't change the indentation
11198 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11199 value of either
11200 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11201 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11202 depending on the continuation format in use.
11203 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11204 indentation for a line of code.
11205 (default 'fixed)
11206 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11207 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11208 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11209 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11210 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11211 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11212 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11213 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11214 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11215 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11216 column 5.
11217 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11218 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11219 statements (default nil).
11220 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11221 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11222 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11223 `fortran-continuation-string'
11224 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11225 line (default \"$\").
11226 `fortran-comment-region'
11227 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11228 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11229 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11230 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11231 as typed (default t).
11232 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11233 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11234
11235 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11236 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11237
11238 \(fn)" t nil)
11239
11240 ;;;***
11241 \f
11242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11243 ;;;;;; 0))
11244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11245
11246 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11247 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11248
11249 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11250 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11251
11252 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11255 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11256
11257 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11258 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11259
11260 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11261
11262 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11263 Compile fortune file.
11264
11265 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11266 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11267
11268 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11269
11270 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11271 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11272
11273 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11274 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11275 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11276 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11277
11278 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11279
11280 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11281 Display a fortune cookie.
11282 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11283 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11284 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11285 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11286
11287 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11288
11289 ;;;***
11290 \f
11291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11292 ;;;;;; 0))
11293 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11294
11295 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11296 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11297 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11298
11299 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11300 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11301 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11302
11303 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11304 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11305
11306 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11307 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11308
11309 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11310 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11311 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11312 intend to modify existing values, do
11313
11314 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11315
11316 before changing anything.
11317
11318 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11319 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11320
11321 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11322 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11323 to restore the frame.
11324
11325 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11326 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11327 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11328
11329 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11330 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11331 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11332 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11333 FILTER A filter function.
11334
11335 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11336 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11337
11338 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11339
11340 where
11341
11342 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11343 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11344 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11345 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11346 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11347 before restoring it.
11348 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11349
11350 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11351 It must return:
11352 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11353 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11354 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11355
11356 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11357 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11358
11359 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11360 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11361 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11362 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11363 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11364 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11365 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11366
11367 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11368
11369 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11370 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11371
11372 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11373
11374 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11375 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11376 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11377 If nil, check all live frames.
11378
11379 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11380
11381 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11382 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11383 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11384 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11385 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11386 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11387 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11388 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11389 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11390 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11391 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11392
11393 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11394
11395 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11396 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11397
11398 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11399 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11400 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11401 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11402 and window-state is not restored.
11403
11404 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11405 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11406
11407 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11408 t All existing frames can be reused.
11409 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11410 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11411 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11412 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11413
11414 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11415 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11416 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11417 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11418 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11419 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11420 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11421 be created from that parameter alist.
11422
11423 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11424 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11425 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11426 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11427 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11428 - the live frame just restored,
11429 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11430 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11431 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11432
11433 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11434 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11435 nil Keep all frames.
11436 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11437 - FRAME, a live frame.
11438 - ACTION, which can be one of
11439 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11440 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11441 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11442 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11443 Return value is ignored.
11444
11445 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11446 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11447 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11448 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11449 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11450
11451 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11452
11453 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11454
11455 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11456 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11457 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11458
11459 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11460
11461 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11462 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11463 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11464
11465 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11466
11467 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11468 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11469 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11470 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11471
11472 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11473
11474 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11475
11476 ;;;***
11477 \f
11478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11479 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11481 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11482
11483 ;;;***
11484 \f
11485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21350 58112
11486 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11488
11489 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11490 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11491 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11492
11493 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11494
11495 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11496 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11497 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11498 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11499 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11500 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11501 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11502
11503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11504
11505 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11506 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11507 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11508 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11509
11510 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11511 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11512 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11513 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11514 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11515
11516 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11517 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11518 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11519 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11520
11521 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11522 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11523 shown in some of the buffers.
11524
11525 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11526
11527 The following commands help control operation :
11528
11529 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11530 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11531
11532 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11533 detailed description of this mode.
11534
11535
11536 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11537 | GDB Toolbar |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11540 | | |
11541 | | |
11542 | | |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11545 | | (comint-mode) |
11546 | | |
11547 | | |
11548 | | |
11549 | | |
11550 | | |
11551 | | |
11552 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11553 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11554 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11555 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11556 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11557 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11558
11559 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11560
11561 ;;;***
11562 \f
11563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11564 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11566
11567 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11568 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11569 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11570 instead (which see).")
11571
11572 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11573 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11574
11575 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11576 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11577 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11578 documentation string instead.
11579
11580 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11581 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11582 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11583 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11584 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11585 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11586 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11587 enders are actually possible.
11588
11589 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11590 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11591
11592 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11593 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11594 `font-lock-keywords'.
11595
11596 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11597 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11598 runs the macro expansion.
11599
11600 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11601 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11602 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11603
11604 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11605
11606 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11607
11608 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11609
11610 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11611
11612 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11613 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11614
11615 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11616
11617 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11618 Enter generic mode MODE.
11619
11620 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11621 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11622 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11623
11624 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11625 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11626
11627 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11628
11629 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11630 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11631 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11632 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11633 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11634 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11635 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11636 `font-lock-keywords'.
11637
11638 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11639
11640 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11641
11642 ;;;***
11643 \f
11644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11645 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11647
11648 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11649 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11650 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11651 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11652 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11653 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11654
11655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11656
11657 ;;;***
11658 \f
11659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11660 ;;;;;; 123234 0))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11662
11663 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11665 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11666
11667 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11668
11669 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11670 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11671
11672 Guideline for numbers:
11673 1 - error messages
11674 3 - non-serious error messages
11675 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11676 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11677 9 - messages inside loops.
11678
11679 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11680
11681 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11682 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11683 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11684
11685 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11688 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11689
11690 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11691
11692 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11693 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11694
11695 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11696 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11697 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11698 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11699 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11700 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11701
11702 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11703 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11704 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11705 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11706 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11707
11708 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11709
11710 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11711
11712 ;;;***
11713 \f
11714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11716 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11717 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11718 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11719
11720 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11721 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11722
11723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11724
11725 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11726 Read network news.
11727 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11728 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11729 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11730 name of an NNTP server to use.
11731 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11732 server.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11737 Read news as a slave.
11738
11739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11740
11741 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11742 Pop up a frame to read news.
11743 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11744 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11745 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11746 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11747 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11748 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11749 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11750 current display is used.
11751
11752 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11755 Read network news.
11756 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11757 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11758 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11759
11760 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11761
11762 ;;;***
11763 \f
11764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11765 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11769 Start Gnus unplugged.
11770
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11772
11773 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Start Gnus plugged.
11775
11776 \(fn)" t nil)
11777
11778 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11780
11781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11782
11783 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11784 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11785
11786 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11787 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11788 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11789
11790 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11791 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11792 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11793
11794 \(fn)" t nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11798
11799 \(fn)" nil nil)
11800
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11803 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11804 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11805 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11806 supported.
11807
11808 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11809
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11812 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11813 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11814 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11815 supported.
11816
11817 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11818
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11821
11822 \(fn)" nil nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11826 downloaded into the agent.
11827
11828 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11829
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11832 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11833 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11834
11835 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11839
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11841
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11844
11845 \(fn)" t nil)
11846
11847 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11848 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11849 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11850
11851 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11852
11853 ;;;***
11854 \f
11855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21546 33576
11856 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
11857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11858
11859 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11860 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11861
11862 \(fn)" nil nil)
11863
11864 ;;;***
11865 \f
11866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11867 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11869
11870 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11871 Set a bookmark for this article.
11872
11873 \(fn)" t nil)
11874
11875 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11876 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11877
11878 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11879
11880 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11881 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11882 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11883 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11884 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11885
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11887
11888 ;;;***
11889 \f
11890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11891 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11895 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11896
11897 Usage:
11898 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11899
11900 \(fn)" t nil)
11901
11902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11903 Generate the cache active file.
11904
11905 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11909
11910 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11913 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11914 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11915 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11916 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11917 supported.
11918
11919 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11920
11921 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11922 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11923 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11924 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11925 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11926 supported.
11927
11928 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11929
11930 ;;;***
11931 \f
11932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11933 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11935
11936 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11937 Delay this article by some time.
11938 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11939
11940 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11941 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11942
11943 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11944 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11945
11946 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11947 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11948
11949 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11950
11951 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11952 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11953
11954 \(fn)" t nil)
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11957 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11958 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11959 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11960
11961 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11962 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11963
11964 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11965
11966 ;;;***
11967 \f
11968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11969 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11973
11974
11975 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11976
11977 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11978
11979
11980 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11981
11982 ;;;***
11983 \f
11984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11985 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11987
11988 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11989 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11990
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11992
11993 ;;;***
11994 \f
11995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
11996 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12000 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12001
12002 \(fn)" t nil)
12003
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21546 33576
12007 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12009
12010 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12011 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12012
12013 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12018 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12019
12020 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12021
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12025 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12030 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12031
12032 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12033 different input formats.
12034
12035 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12038 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12039
12040 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12041 different input formats.
12042
12043 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12044
12045 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12046 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12047 The PNG is returned as a string.
12048
12049 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12050
12051 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12052 Convert FILE to a Face.
12053 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12054 726 bytes.
12055
12056 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12059 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12060
12061 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12062
12063 \(fn)" t nil)
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12066 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12067
12068 \(fn)" nil nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12073 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12077 Display gravatar in the From header.
12078 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12079
12080 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12083 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12084 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12085
12086 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12087
12088 ;;;***
12089 \f
12090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12091 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12093
12094 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12095 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12096 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12097 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12098
12099 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12100
12101 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12102 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12103
12104 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12109 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12113
12114
12115 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12116
12117 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12118
12119
12120 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12121
12122 ;;;***
12123 \f
12124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12125 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12127
12128 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12131 Run batched scoring.
12132 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12133
12134 \(fn)" t nil)
12135
12136 ;;;***
12137 \f
12138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12139 ;;;;;; 0))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12141
12142 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12143
12144
12145 \(fn)" nil nil)
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12148 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12149 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12150
12151 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12152
12153 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12154 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12155
12156 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12157
12158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12159
12160 ;;;***
12161 \f
12162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12163 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12165
12166 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12167 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12168 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12169 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12170 group parameters.
12171
12172 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12173 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12174 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12175 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12176
12177 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12178 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12179 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12180 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12181 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12182 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12183 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12184 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12185 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12186 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12187
12188 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12189
12190 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12191 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12192 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12193 nil CATCH-ALL).
12194
12195 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12196 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12197
12198 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12201 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12202 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12203
12204 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12205
12206 \(fn)" nil nil)
12207
12208 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12209 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12210 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12211
12212 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12213
12214 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12215 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12216 existing groups are considered.
12217
12218 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12219 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12220 returned.
12221
12222 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12223 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12224 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12225 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12226 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12227 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12228 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12229 clauses will be generated.
12230
12231 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12232 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12233 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12234 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12235 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12236 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12237
12238 For example, given the following group parameters:
12239
12240 nnml:mail.bar:
12241 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12242 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12243 nnml:mail.foo:
12244 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12245 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12246 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12247 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12248 nnml:mail.others:
12249 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12250
12251 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12252
12253 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12254 \"mail.bar\")
12255 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12256 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12257 \"mail.others\")
12258
12259 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12260
12261 ;;;***
12262 \f
12263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21467 26920
12264 ;;;;;; 243336 0))
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12266
12267 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12268 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12269 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12270 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12271 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12272 instead.
12273
12274 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12277 Mail to ADDRESS.
12278
12279 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12280
12281 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12282 Like `message-reply'.
12283
12284 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12285
12286 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12287
12288 ;;;***
12289 \f
12290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12291 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12293
12294 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12295 Send a notification on new message.
12296 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12297 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12298 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12299
12300 This is typically a function to add in
12301 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12302
12303 \(fn)" nil nil)
12304
12305 ;;;***
12306 \f
12307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12308 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12312 Display picons in the From header.
12313 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12314
12315 \(fn)" t nil)
12316
12317 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12318 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12319 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12320
12321 \(fn)" t nil)
12322
12323 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12324 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12325 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12326
12327 \(fn)" t nil)
12328
12329 ;;;***
12330 \f
12331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12332 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12334
12335 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12336 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12337 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12338 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12339
12340 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12343 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12344 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12345 LIST1 is modified.
12346
12347 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12348
12349 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12350 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12351 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12352
12353 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354
12355 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12356
12357
12358 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12359
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12361 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12362 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12363
12364 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365
12366 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12367 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12368 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12369
12370 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12371
12372 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12376 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12377
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12381 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12382 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12383
12384 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12385
12386 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12387 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12388 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12389
12390 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12391
12392 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12393 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12394
12395 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12396
12397 ;;;***
12398 \f
12399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21350
12400 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12402
12403 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12404 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12405
12406 \(fn)" t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12409 Install the registry hooks.
12410
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12416 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12418
12419 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12420 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12421 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12422 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12423 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12424 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12425
12426 \(fn)" t nil)
12427
12428 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12429 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12430 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12431 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12432 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12433
12434 \(fn)" t nil)
12435
12436 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12437
12438
12439 \(fn)" t nil)
12440
12441 ;;;***
12442 \f
12443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12444 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12448 Update the format specification near point.
12449
12450 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12451
12452 ;;;***
12453 \f
12454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21434 29609
12455 ;;;;;; 547282 0))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12459 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12460
12461 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12462
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21485 56871
12466 ;;;;;; 932720 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12468
12469 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12470 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12471 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12472
12473 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12474
12475 ;;;***
12476 \f
12477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12478 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12480
12481 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12482 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12483
12484 \(fn)" t nil)
12485
12486 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12487 Install the sync hooks.
12488
12489 \(fn)" t nil)
12490
12491 ;;;***
12492 \f
12493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12494 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12496
12497 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12498 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12499
12500 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12501
12502 ;;;***
12503 \f
12504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21427 56357 771874
12505 ;;;;;; 0))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12507
12508 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12509 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12510 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12511 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12512 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12513 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12514
12515 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12516
12517 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12518
12519 ;;;***
12520 \f
12521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12522 ;;;;;; 0))
12523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12524
12525 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12526 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12527
12528 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12529 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12530 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12531
12532 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12533 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12534 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12535
12536 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12537 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12538
12539 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12540 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12541
12542 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12543
12544 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12545
12546 ;;;***
12547 \f
12548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12549 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12551
12552 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12553
12554 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12555 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12556 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12557 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12558 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12559
12560 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12561
12562 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12563 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12564 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12565 or to send e-mail.
12566 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12567 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12568
12569 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12570 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12571
12572 \(fn)" t nil)
12573 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12574
12575 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12576 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12578 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12579 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12580
12581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12582
12583 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12584 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12585
12586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12587
12588 ;;;***
12589 \f
12590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12591 ;;;;;; 0))
12592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12593
12594 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12595 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12596 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12597
12598 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12599
12600 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12601 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12602
12603 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12604
12605 ;;;***
12606 \f
12607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21542 36519 256429
12608 ;;;;;; 0))
12609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12610
12611 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12612 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12613
12614 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12615
12616 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12617 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12618 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12619 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12620 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12621
12622 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12623 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12624 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12625
12626 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12627
12628 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12629 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12630 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12631 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12632 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12633
12634 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12635
12636 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12637 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12638
12639 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12640
12641 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12642 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12643
12644 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12645 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12646 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12647
12648 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12649 The default find program.
12650 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12651 and others.")
12652
12653 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12654 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12655 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12656 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12657
12658 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12659 How to invoke find and grep.
12660 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12661 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12662 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12663 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12664
12665 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12666
12667 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12668 History list for grep.")
12669
12670 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12671 History list for grep-find.")
12672
12673 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12674 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12675 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12676
12677 \(fn)" nil nil)
12678
12679 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12680
12681
12682 \(fn)" nil nil)
12683
12684 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12685 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12686
12687 \(fn)" nil nil)
12688
12689 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12690 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12691 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12692 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12693 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12694
12695 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12696 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12697
12698 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12699 can easily repeat a grep command.
12700
12701 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12702 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12703 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12704 list is empty).
12705
12706 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12707
12708 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12709 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12710 Collect output in a buffer.
12711 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12712 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12713
12714 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12715 easily repeat a find command.
12716
12717 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12718
12719 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12720
12721 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12722 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12723 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12724 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12725 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12726
12727 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12728 before it is executed.
12729 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12730
12731 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12732 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12733 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12734
12735 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12736
12737 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12740 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12741 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12742 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12743 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12744
12745 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12746 before it is executed.
12747 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12748
12749 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12750 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12751 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12752 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12753
12754 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12755
12756 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12757 to specify a command to run.
12758
12759 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12760
12761 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12762 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12763 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12764 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12765
12766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12767
12768 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12769
12770 ;;;***
12771 \f
12772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12774
12775 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12776 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12777 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12778 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12779 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12780
12781 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12782
12783 ;;;***
12784 \f
12785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21510 60072 112989
12786 ;;;;;; 0))
12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12788
12789 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12790 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12791 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12792 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12793
12794 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795
12796 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12797 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12798 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12799 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12800
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12802
12803 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12804 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12811 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12814
12815 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12816 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12817
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12819
12820 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12821 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12823 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12828 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12831
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12833
12834 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12835 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12838
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12840
12841 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12842 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12843 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12844 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12845 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12846
12847 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12848 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12849 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12850 original source file access method.
12851
12852 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12853 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12854
12855 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12858 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12859
12860 \(fn)" t nil)
12861
12862 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12863 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12864 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12866 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12867 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12868
12869 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12870
12871 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12872 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12875 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12876
12877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12878
12879 ;;;***
12880 \f
12881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21388 20265 495157
12882 ;;;;;; 0))
12883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12884
12885 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12886 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12887 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12888 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12889 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12890 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12891 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12892 set it to.
12893 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12894
12895 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12896
12897 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12898 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12899 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12900 of PLACE.
12901 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12902 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12903 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12904 and SETTER.
12905 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12906 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12907
12908 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12909
12910 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12911
12912 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12913 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12914 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12915 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12916 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12917
12918 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12919
12920 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12921
12922 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12923
12924
12925 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12926
12927 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12928
12929 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12930
12931 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12932 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12933 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12934 well for simple place forms.
12935 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12936 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12937 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12938 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12939 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12940 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12941 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12942
12943 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12944
12945 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12946
12947 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12948 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12949 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12950 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12951 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12952
12953 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12954 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12955 (let ((temp VAL))
12956 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12957 temp)
12958 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12959
12960 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12961
12962 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12963 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12964 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12965 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12966 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12967 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12968
12969 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12970
12971 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12972
12973 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12974 Return a reference to PLACE.
12975 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12976 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12977 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12978 binding mode.
12979
12980 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12981
12982 ;;;***
12983 \f
12984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12985 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12987
12988 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12989 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12990 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12991 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12992
12993 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12994 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12995 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12996 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12997
12998 \(fn)" t nil)
12999
13000 ;;;***
13001 \f
13002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
13003 ;;;;;; 0))
13004 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13005
13006 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13007 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13008
13009 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13012 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13013 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13014 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13015
13016 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13017
13018 \(fn)" t nil)
13019
13020 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13021 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13022 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13023 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13024 to be updated.
13025
13026 \(fn)" t nil)
13027
13028 ;;;***
13029 \f
13030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13031 ;;;;;; 0))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13033
13034 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13035 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13036
13037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13038
13039 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13040 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13041 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13042
13043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13044
13045 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13046 Verify a hashcash payment
13047
13048 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13049
13050 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13051 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13052 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13053 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13054 `mail-add-payment-async').
13055
13056 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13057
13058 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13059 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13060 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13061 Calculation is asynchronous.
13062
13063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13064
13065 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13066 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13067 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13068
13069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070
13071 ;;;***
13072 \f
13073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13074 ;;;;;; 0))
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13076
13077 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13078 Return the help-echo string at point.
13079 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13080 property, or nil, is returned.
13081 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13082 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13083 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13084
13085 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13086
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13089 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13090 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13091 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13092
13093 \(fn)" nil nil)
13094
13095 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13096 Display local help in the echo area.
13097 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13098 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13099 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13100 printed instead.
13101
13102 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13103 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13104 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13105
13106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13107
13108 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13110 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13111
13112 \(fn)" t nil)
13113
13114 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13115 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13116 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13117
13118 \(fn)" t nil)
13119
13120 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13121 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13122 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13123 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13124 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13125 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13126 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13127 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13128 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13129 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13130 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13131
13132 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13133 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13134 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13135 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13136 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13137
13138 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13139 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13140 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13141 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13142 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13143 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13144 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13145 The default is `never'.")
13146
13147 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13148
13149 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13150 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13151 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13152 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13153 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13154 considered different regions.
13155
13156 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13157 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13158 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13159 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13160 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13161 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13162 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13163 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13164 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13165
13166 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13167
13168 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13169 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13170 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13171 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13172 different regions.
13173
13174 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13175 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13176 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13177 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13178 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13179 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13180 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13181 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13182
13183 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13184 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13185 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13186 rarely happens in practice.
13187
13188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13189
13190 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13191 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13192 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13193 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13194 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13195 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13196
13197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13198
13199 ;;;***
13200 \f
13201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21419 62246 751914
13202 ;;;;;; 0))
13203 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13204
13205 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13206 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13207
13208 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13209
13210 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13211 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13212 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13213
13214 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13215
13216 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13217 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13218 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13219 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13220 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13221 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13222 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13223 search for a function definition.
13224
13225 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13226 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13227 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13228 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13229 suitable file is found, return nil.
13230
13231 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13232
13233 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13234
13235
13236 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13237
13238 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13239 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13240 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13241 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13242
13243 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13244
13245 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13246 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13247 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13248 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13249 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13250 it is displayed along with the global value.
13251
13252 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13253
13254 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13255 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13256 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13257 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13258
13259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13260
13261 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13262 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13263 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13264 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13265 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13266
13267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13268
13269 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13270 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13271
13272 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13273
13274 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13275 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13276
13277 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13278
13279 ;;;***
13280 \f
13281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13282 ;;;;;; 0))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13284
13285 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13286 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13287 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13288 window listing and describing the options.
13289 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13290 gives the window that lists the options.")
13291
13292 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13293
13294 ;;;***
13295 \f
13296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13297 ;;;;;; 0))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13299
13300 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13301 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13302 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13303 Commands:
13304 \\{help-mode-map}
13305
13306 \(fn)" t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13309
13310
13311 \(fn)" nil nil)
13312
13313 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13314
13315
13316 \(fn)" nil nil)
13317
13318 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13319 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13320
13321 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13322 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13323 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13324 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13325
13326 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13327 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13328 restore it properly when going back.
13329
13330 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13331
13332 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13333 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13334 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13335 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13336 from `help-mode'.
13337 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13338 it does not already exist.
13339
13340 \(fn)" nil nil)
13341
13342 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13343 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13344
13345 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13346 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13347 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13348 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13349 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13350 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13351 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13352 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13353
13354 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13355 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13356 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13357 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13358
13359 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13360 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13361 that.
13362
13363 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13364
13365 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13366 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13367 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13368 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13369 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13370 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13371
13372 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13373
13374 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13375 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13376 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13377 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13378 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13379
13380 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13381
13382 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13383 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13384
13385 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13386
13387 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13388 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13389 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13390 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13391
13392 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13393
13394 ;;;***
13395 \f
13396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13397 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13399
13400 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13401 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13402
13403 \(fn)" t nil)
13404
13405 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13406 Provide help for current mode.
13407
13408 \(fn)" t nil)
13409
13410 ;;;***
13411 \f
13412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13414
13415 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13416 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13417 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13418 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13419 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13420
13421 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13422 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13423
13424 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13425 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13426 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13427 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13428
13429 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13430 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13431 periods.
13432
13433 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13434 in hexl format.
13435
13436 A sample format:
13437
13438 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13439 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13440 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13441 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13442 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13443 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13444 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13445 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13446 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13447 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13448 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13449 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13450 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13451 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13452 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13453
13454 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13455 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13456 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13457
13458 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13459 also supported.
13460
13461 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13462
13463 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13464 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13465 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13466
13467 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13468 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13469 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13470
13471 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13472 into the buffer at the current point.
13473
13474 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13475 into the buffer at the current point.
13476
13477 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13478 into the buffer at the current point.
13479
13480 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13481
13482 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13483 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13484
13485 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13486
13487 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13488
13489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13490
13491 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13492 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13493 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13494 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13495
13496 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13497
13498 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13499 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13500 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13501
13502 \(fn)" t nil)
13503
13504 ;;;***
13505 \f
13506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
13507 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13508
13509 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13510 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13513 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13514
13515 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13516 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13517 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13518 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13519
13520 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13521 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13522 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13523 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13524
13525 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13526 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13527 which can be called interactively, are:
13528
13529 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13530 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13531
13532 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13533 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13534 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13535 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13536
13537 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13538 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13539
13540 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13541 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13542 available face automatically.
13543
13544 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13545 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13546
13547 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13548 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13549 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13550 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13551 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13552 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13553 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13554 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13555 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13556 function returns t.
13557
13558 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13559 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13560
13561 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13562 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13563 form:
13564 Hi-lock: FOO
13565
13566 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13567 position (number of characters into buffer)
13568 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13569 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13570 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13571
13572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13573
13574 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13575 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13576 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13579 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13580
13581 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13582
13583 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13584 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13585 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13586 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13587 ARG is omitted or nil.
13588
13589 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13590 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13591 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13592
13593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13594
13595 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13596
13597 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13598 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13599 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13600 Use the global history list for FACE.
13601
13602 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13603 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13604 highlighting will not update as you type.
13605
13606 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13607
13608 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13609
13610 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13611 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13612 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13613 Use the global history list for FACE.
13614
13615 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13616 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13617 highlighting will not update as you type.
13618
13619 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13620
13621 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13622
13623 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13624 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13625 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13626 Use the global history list for FACE.
13627
13628 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13629 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13630 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13631
13632 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13633 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13634 highlighting will not update as you type.
13635
13636 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13637
13638 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13639
13640 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13641 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13642 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13643 unless you use a prefix argument.
13644 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13645
13646 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13647 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13648
13649 \(fn)" t nil)
13650
13651 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13652
13653 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13654 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13655 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13656 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13657 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13658 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13659
13660 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13661
13662 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13663 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13664
13665 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13666 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13667 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13668
13669 \(fn)" t nil)
13670
13671 ;;;***
13672 \f
13673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21546 33576
13674 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
13675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13676
13677 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13678 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13680 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13681 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13682
13683 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13684 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13685 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13686 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13687
13688 `hide-ifdef-env'
13689 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13690 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13691 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13692 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13693 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13694 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13695 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13696
13697 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13698 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13699 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13700 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13701 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13702
13703 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13704 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13705 #endif lines when hiding.
13706
13707 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13708 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13709 is activated.
13710
13711 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13712 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13713 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13714
13715 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13716
13717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13718
13719 ;;;***
13720 \f
13721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21460 53672
13722 ;;;;;; 48319 0))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13724
13725 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13726 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13727 Each element has the form
13728 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13729
13730 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13731 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13732
13733 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13734 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13735
13736 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13737 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13738 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13739 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13740 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13741 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13742
13743 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13744 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13745
13746 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13747 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13748
13749 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13750 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13751 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13752
13753 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13754 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13756 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13757 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758
13759 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13760 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13761 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13762
13763 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13764 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13765 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13766
13767 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13768 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13769
13770 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13771
13772 Key bindings:
13773 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13774
13775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13778 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13779
13780 \(fn)" nil nil)
13781
13782 ;;;***
13783 \f
13784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13785 ;;;;;; 0))
13786 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13791 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13792 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793
13794 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13795 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13796 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13797 this on and off.
13798
13799 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13800 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13801 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13802 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13803 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13804 through various faces.
13805 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13806 buffer with the contents of a file
13807 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13808
13809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13810
13811 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13812 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13814 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13815 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13816
13817 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13818 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13819 in a distinctive face.
13820
13821 The default value can be customized with variable
13822 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13823
13824 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13825
13826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13829 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13830 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13831
13832 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13835 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13836
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13838
13839 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13840 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13841
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843
13844 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13845 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13846
13847 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13848 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13849 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13850 shown in the last face in the list.
13851
13852 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13853 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13854 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13855
13856 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13857
13858 \(fn)" t nil)
13859
13860 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13862
13863 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13864
13865 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13866 to save the file.
13867
13868 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13869 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13870
13871 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13872 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13873 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13874
13875 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13878 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13879
13880 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13881 this function is called interactively.
13882
13883 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13884 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13885 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13886
13887 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13888 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13889 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13890
13891 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13892
13893 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13894 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13895 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13898 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13899
13900 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13901
13902 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13903 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13904 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13905 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13906 ARG is omitted or nil.
13907
13908 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13909 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13910 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13911
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913
13914 ;;;***
13915 \f
13916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21402 53158 293492
13917 ;;;;;; 0))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13919 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13920
13921 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13922 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13923 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13924 or insert functions in this list.")
13925
13926 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13927
13928 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13929 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13930 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13931 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13932 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13933 expansions.
13934 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13935 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13936 undoes the expansion.
13937
13938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13939
13940 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13941 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13942 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13943 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13944
13945 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13946
13947 ;;;***
13948 \f
13949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13950 ;;;;;; 0))
13951 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13952
13953 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13954 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13958
13959 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13960 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13961 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13962 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13963 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13964 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13965
13966 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13967 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13968 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13969 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13970
13971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13972
13973 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13974 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13975 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13978 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13979
13980 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13981
13982 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13983 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13987
13988 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13989 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13990 windows.
13991
13992 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13993 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13994
13995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13996
13997 ;;;***
13998 \f
13999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
14000 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14002
14003 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14004
14005 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14006 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14007 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14008
14009 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14010
14011 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14012
14013 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14014
14015 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14016 Oriental holidays.
14017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14018
14019 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14020
14021 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14022
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14024
14025 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14026 Local holidays.
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14030
14031 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14034
14035 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14036 User defined holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14040
14041 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042
14043 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14044 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14045
14046 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14047
14048 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14049 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14050
14051 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14052
14053 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14054 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14055
14056 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14057
14058 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14059 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14060
14061 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14062
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14064
14065 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14066 Jewish holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14070
14071 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14074
14075 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14076 Christian holidays.
14077 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078
14079 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14080
14081 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082
14083 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14084
14085 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14086 Islamic holidays.
14087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14088
14089 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14090
14091 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14092
14093 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14094
14095 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14096 Bahá'í holidays.
14097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14098
14099 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14100
14101 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14102
14103 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14104
14105 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14106 Sun-related holidays.
14107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14108
14109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14110
14111 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14112
14113 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14114
14115 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14116 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14117 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14118 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14119
14120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14123 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14124 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14125 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14126 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14127
14128 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14129 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14130
14131 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14132 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14133
14134 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14135 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14136 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14137 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14138 of a holiday list.
14139
14140 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14141
14142 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14143
14144 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21417 20521
14149 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14151
14152 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14153 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14154
14155 \(fn)" t nil)
14156
14157 ;;;***
14158 \f
14159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21383 2343
14160 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14162 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14163
14164 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14165 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14166 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14167 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14168 as possible.
14169
14170 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14171 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14172 fontified display.
14173
14174 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14175 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14176
14177 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14178 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14179 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14180
14181 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14182
14183 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14184 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14185 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14186
14187 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14188
14189 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14190
14191 ;;;***
14192 \f
14193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21537 18599 384335
14194 ;;;;;; 0))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14196
14197 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14198 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14199
14200 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14201 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14202 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14203
14204 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14205 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14206 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14207 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14208 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14209 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14210
14211 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14212 title of the column.
14213
14214 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14215 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14216 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14217 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14218 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14219
14220 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14221
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14224 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14225 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14226 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14227
14228 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14229 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14230 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14231
14232 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14233
14234 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14235 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14236 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14237 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14238 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14239 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14240
14241 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14242 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14243 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14244 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14245 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14246 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14247 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14248 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14249 values are:
14250 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14251 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14252 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14253 buffer's modification flag.
14254 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14255 prompted before performing this operation.
14256 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14257 operation is complete, in the form:
14258 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14259 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14260 confirmation message, in the form:
14261 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14262 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14263 macro for exactly what it does.
14264
14265 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14266
14267 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14268 Define a filter named NAME.
14269 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14270 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14271 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14272
14273 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14274 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14275 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14276 bound to the current value of the filter.
14277
14278 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21537 18854 710114
14283 ;;;;;; 217000))
14284 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14285
14286 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14287 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14288 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14289 buffers which are visiting a file.
14290
14291 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14292
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14294 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14297
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14301 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14302 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14303
14304 All arguments are optional.
14305 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14306 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14307 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14308 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14309 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14310 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14311 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14312 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14313 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14314 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14315 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14316 that value locally in this buffer.
14317
14318 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21546
14323 ;;;;;; 33576 601815 0))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14325 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14326
14327 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14328 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14329 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14330 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14331
14332 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14333
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14335 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14337 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14338 ICAL-FILENAME.
14339 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14340 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14341 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14342
14343 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14346 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14347 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14348 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14349 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14350 non-marking or not.
14351
14352 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14353
14354 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14355 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14356
14357 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14358 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14359 DIARY-FILE.
14360
14361 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14362 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14363 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14364
14365 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14366 non-marking.
14367
14368 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14369 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14370 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14371
14372 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14373
14374 ;;;***
14375 \f
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14377 ;;;;;; 0))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14379
14380 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14381 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14382 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14385 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14386
14387 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14388
14389 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14390 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14394
14395 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14396 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14397 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14398 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14399
14400 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14401 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14402
14403 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14404 completions:
14405
14406 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14407
14408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14409
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14413 ;;;;;; 0))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14415
14416 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14417 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14418 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14419 Tab indents for Icon code.
14420 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14421 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14422 \\{icon-mode-map}
14423 Variables controlling indentation style:
14424 icon-tab-always-indent
14425 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14426 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14427 icon-auto-newline
14428 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14429 inserted in Icon code.
14430 icon-indent-level
14431 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14432 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14433 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14434 icon-continued-statement-offset
14435 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14436 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14437 icon-continued-brace-offset
14438 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14439 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14440 icon-brace-offset
14441 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14442 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14443 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14444 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14445
14446 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14447 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14448
14449 \(fn)" t nil)
14450
14451 ;;;***
14452 \f
14453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21429
14454 ;;;;;; 11690 49391 0))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14456
14457 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14458 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14459 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14460 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14461
14462 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14463 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14464 separate frames.
14465
14466 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14467 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14468
14469 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14470 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14471 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14472
14473 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14474
14475 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14476
14477 ;;;***
14478 \f
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21429 11690
14480 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14482 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14483
14484 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14485 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14486
14487 The main features of this mode are
14488
14489 1. Indentation and Formatting
14490 --------------------------
14491 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14492 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14493
14494 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14495 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14496 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14497 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14498
14499 Comments are indented as follows:
14500
14501 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14502 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14503 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14504
14505 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14506
14507 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14508 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14509 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14510 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14511 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14512 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14513
14514 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14515 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14516 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14517 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14518
14519 2. Routine Info
14520 ------------
14521 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14522 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14523 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14524 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14525 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14526 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14527 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14528 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14529 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14530 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14531
14532 3. Online IDL Help
14533 ---------------
14534
14535 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14536 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14537 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14538 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14539
14540 4. Completion
14541 ----------
14542 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14543 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14544 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14545 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14546 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14547 upper case.
14548
14549 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14550 --------------------------------
14551 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14552 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14553
14554 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14555 \\fu FUNCTION template
14556 \\c CASE statement template
14557 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14558 \\f FOR loop template
14559 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14560 \\w WHILE loop template
14561 \\i IF statement template
14562 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14563 \\b BEGIN
14564
14565 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14566 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14567
14568 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14569 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14570 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14571 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14572
14573 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14574 -------------------------
14575 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14576 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14577
14578 7. Automatic END completion
14579 ------------------------
14580 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14581 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14582
14583 8. Hooks
14584 -----
14585 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14586 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14587
14588 9. Documentation and Customization
14589 -------------------------------
14590 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14591 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14592 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14593 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14594 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14595 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14596
14597 10.Keybindings
14598 -----------
14599 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14600 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14601 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14602
14603 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14604
14605 \(fn)" t nil)
14606
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14611
14612 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14613 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14614 The following values are possible:
14615 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14616 displaying...)
14617 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14618 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14619 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14620
14621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14622 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14623
14624 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14625
14626 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14627 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14628 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14629 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14630 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14631 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14632 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14633 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14634 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14635
14636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14637
14638 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14639 Switch to another buffer.
14640 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14641 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14642 in another frame.
14643
14644 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14645 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14646 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14647 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14648 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14649
14650 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14651 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14652
14653 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14654
14655 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14656 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14657 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14658 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14659 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14660 in a separate window.
14661 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14662 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14665 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14666 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14667 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14668 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14669 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14670
14671 \(fn)" t nil)
14672
14673 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14674 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14675 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14676 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14677
14678 \(fn)" t nil)
14679
14680 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14681 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14682 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14683 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14684
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14686
14687 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14688 Kill a buffer.
14689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14690 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14691
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14693
14694 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14695 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14696 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14697 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14698
14699 \(fn)" t nil)
14700
14701 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14702 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14703 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14704 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14705
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14707
14708 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14709 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14710
14711 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14712
14713 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14714 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14715 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14716 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14717 in another frame.
14718
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14720 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14721 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14722 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14723 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14724 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14725
14726 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14727 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14728
14729 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14730
14731 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14732 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14733 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14734 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14735 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14736 in a separate window.
14737 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14738 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14739 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14742 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14743 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14744 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14745 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14746 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14747 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14748 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14753 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14754 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14755
14756 \(fn)" t nil)
14757
14758 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14759 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14760 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14761 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14762
14763 \(fn)" t nil)
14764
14765 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14766 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14767 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14768 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14769
14770 \(fn)" t nil)
14771
14772 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14773 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14774 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14775 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14776
14777 \(fn)" t nil)
14778
14779 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14780 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14781 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14782 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14783
14784 \(fn)" t nil)
14785
14786 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14787 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14788 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14789 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14790
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14792
14793 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14794 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14795 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14796 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14801 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14802 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14808 Write current buffer to a file.
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14811
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14815 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14816 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14818
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14822 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14823 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14825
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14829 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14830 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14831 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14832 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14833 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14834
14835 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14836
14837 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14838 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14839 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14840 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14841
14842 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14843
14844 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14845 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14846 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14847 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14848
14849 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14850
14851 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14852 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14853 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14854 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14855 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14856 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14857 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14858 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14859 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14860 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14861 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14862 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14863 with point positioned at the end.
14864 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14865 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14866
14867 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14868
14869 ;;;***
14870 \f
14871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21542 36519 256429 0))
14872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14873
14874 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14875 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14876 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14877 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 ;;;***
14882 \f
14883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14884 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14885
14886 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14887
14888 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14889 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14892 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14893 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14894
14895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14896
14897 ;;;***
14898 \f
14899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21526 48295 289762 0))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14901
14902 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14903 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14904 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14905 be determined.
14906
14907 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14908
14909 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14910 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14911 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14912 be determined.
14913
14914 \(fn)" nil nil)
14915
14916 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14917 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14918 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14919 be determined.
14920
14921 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14924 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14925 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14926 be determined.
14927
14928 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14931 Determine and return image type.
14932 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14933 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14934 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14935 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14936 use its file extension as image type.
14937 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14938
14939 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14942 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14943 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14944
14945 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14946
14947 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14948 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14949 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14950
14951 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14952 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14953 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14954 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14955 must be available.
14956
14957 \(fn)" nil nil)
14958
14959 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14960 Create an image.
14961 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14962 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14963 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14964 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14965 use its file extension as image type.
14966 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14967 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14968 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14969 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14970
14971 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14972
14973 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14974 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14975 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14976
14977 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14978
14979 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14980 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14981 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14982 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14983 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14984 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14985 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14986 POS may be an integer or marker.
14987 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14988 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14989 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14990 means display it in the right marginal area.
14991
14992 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14993
14994 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14995 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14996 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14997 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14998 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14999 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15000 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15001 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15002 means display it in the right marginal area.
15003 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15004 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15005 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15006 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15007 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15008
15009 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15010
15011 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15012 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15013 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15014 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15015 STRING is a single space.
15016 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15017 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15018 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15019 means display it in the right marginal area.
15020 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15021
15022 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15023
15024 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15025 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15026 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15027 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15028
15029 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15030
15031 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15032 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15033
15034 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15035
15036 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15037 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15038 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15039 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15040 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15041 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15042 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15043 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15044 satisfied.
15045
15046 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15047
15048 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15049
15050 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15051
15052 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15053 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15054
15055 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15056 documentation string.
15057
15058 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15059 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15060 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15061 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15062 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15063 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15064 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15065 define SYMBOL.
15066
15067 Example:
15068
15069 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15070 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15071
15072 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15073
15074 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15075
15076 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15077 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15078 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15079 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15080
15081 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15082 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15083 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15084 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15085
15086 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15087
15088 \(fn)" nil nil)
15089
15090 ;;;***
15091 \f
15092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15093 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15094 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15095 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15096
15097 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15098 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15099 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15100 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15101 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15102 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15103
15104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15105
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15107 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15108
15109 Convenience command that:
15110
15111 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15112 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15113 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15114
15115 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15116 image files in dired and type
15117 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15118
15119 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15120
15121 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15122 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15123
15124 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15125
15126 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15127 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15128 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15129 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15130 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15131 another one).
15132
15133 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15134 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15135 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15136
15137 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15138 instead of erasing it first.
15139
15140 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15141 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15142 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15143 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15144 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15145 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15146
15147 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15150 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15151 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15152 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15153 displayed.
15154
15155 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15156
15157 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15158
15159 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15160
15161 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15162 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15163
15164 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15165
15166 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15167 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15168 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15169
15170 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15171
15172 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15173 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15174
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15176
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15178 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15179 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15180 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15181
15182 \(fn)" t nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15185 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15186
15187 \(fn)" t nil)
15188
15189 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15190 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15191
15192 \(fn)" t nil)
15193
15194 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15195 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15196
15197 \(fn)" t nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15200 Display current image file.
15201 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15202 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15203
15204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15205
15206 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15207 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15208
15209 \(fn)" t nil)
15210
15211 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15212 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15213 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15214 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15215 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15216 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15217 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15218
15219 \(fn)" t nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15222 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15223 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15224 easy-to-use form.
15225
15226 \(fn)" t nil)
15227
15228 ;;;***
15229 \f
15230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15231 ;;;;;; 0))
15232 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15233
15234 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15235 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15236 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15237 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15238
15239 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15240 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15241 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15242 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15243
15244 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15245
15246 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15247 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15248 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15249 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15250
15251 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15252 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15253 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15254 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15255
15256 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15257
15258 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15259 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15260
15261 \(fn)" nil nil)
15262
15263 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15264 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15265 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15266 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15267
15268 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15269
15270 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15271 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15272 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15275 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15276
15277 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15280 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15283 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15284
15285 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15286 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15287 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15288
15289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15290
15291 ;;;***
15292 \f
15293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21532 676 459903
15294 ;;;;;; 0))
15295 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15296
15297 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15298 Major mode for image files.
15299 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15300 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15301
15302 Key bindings:
15303 \\{image-mode-map}
15304
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15306
15307 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15308 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15312
15313 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15314 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15315 actual image.
15316
15317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15320 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15321 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15322 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15323 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15324 to display an image file as the actual image.
15325
15326 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15327 to display an image file as text initially.
15328
15329 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15330 on these modes.
15331
15332 \(fn)" t nil)
15333
15334 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15335
15336
15337 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15338
15339 ;;;***
15340 \f
15341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15342 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15343
15344 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15345 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15346
15347 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15348
15349 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15350 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15351 in the buffer.
15352
15353 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15354
15355 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15356 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15357 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15358
15359 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15360
15361 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15362 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15363 Each element of this list should have the form
15364
15365 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15366
15367 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15368 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15369 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15370 matches are put).
15371 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15372 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15373 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15374 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15375 another element.
15376 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15377 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15378 the menu item.
15379 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15380 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15381 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15382 the ARGUMENTS.
15383
15384 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15385 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15386 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15387
15388 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15389 create a buffer index.
15390
15391 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15392 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15393 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15394 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15395 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15396
15397 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15398
15399 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15400 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15401
15402 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15403 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15404 called within a `save-excursion'.
15405
15406 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15407
15408 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15409
15410 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15411 Function for finding the next index position.
15412
15413 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15414 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15415 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15416 file.
15417
15418 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15419 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15420
15421 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15422
15423 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15424 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15425
15426 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15427 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15428 It should return the name for that index item.")
15429
15430 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15431
15432 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15433 Function to compare string with index item.
15434
15435 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15436 non-nil if they match.
15437
15438 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15439 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15440 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15441 arguments match\".")
15442
15443 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15444
15445 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15446 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15447 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15448
15449 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15450 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15451
15452 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15453
15454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15455
15456 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15457 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15458 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15459 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15460
15461 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15462
15463 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15464 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15465
15466 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15467
15468 \(fn)" t nil)
15469
15470 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15471 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15472 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15473 for more information.
15474
15475 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15476
15477 ;;;***
15478 \f
15479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15480 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15482
15483 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15484 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15485
15486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15487
15488 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15489
15490
15491 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15492
15493 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15494
15495
15496 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15497
15498 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15499
15500
15501 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15502
15503 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15504 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15505
15506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15507
15508 ;;;***
15509 \f
15510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21437 5802
15511 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15513
15514 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15515 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15516 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15517 to that buffer.
15518 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15519 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15520 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15522
15523 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15524
15525 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15526
15527 ;;;***
15528 \f
15529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21480 38952 540043 0))
15530 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15531
15532 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15533 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15534 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15535 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15536 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15537 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15538 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15539 first in this list.
15540
15541 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15542 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15543 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15544 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15545 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15546
15547 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15548 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15549 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15550
15551 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15552 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15553
15554 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15555 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15556
15557 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15558 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15559 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15560 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15561 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15562 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15563 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15564 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15565 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15566 with the top-level Info directory.
15567
15568 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15569 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15570
15571 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15572
15573 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15574 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15575 in all the directories in that path.
15576
15577 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15578
15579 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15580
15581 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15582 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15583
15584 \(fn)" t nil)
15585
15586 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15587 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15588
15589 \(fn)" t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15592 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15593 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15594 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15595
15596 \(fn)" nil nil)
15597
15598 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15599 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15600 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15601 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15602
15603 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15604
15605 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15606 Go to the Info directory node.
15607
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15611 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15612 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15613 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15614 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15615 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15616
15617 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15618
15619 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15620 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15621 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15622
15623 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15626 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15627 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15628 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15629 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15630
15631 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15632
15633 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15634 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15635 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15636 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15637 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15638
15639 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15640 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15641
15642 Selecting other nodes:
15643 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15644 Follow a node reference you click on.
15645 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15646 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15647 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15648 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15649 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15650 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15651 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15652 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15653 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15654 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15655 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15656 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15657 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15658 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15659 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15660 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15661 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15662 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15663 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15664 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15665
15666 Moving within a node:
15667 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15668 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15669 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15670 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15671 move up to the parent node.
15672 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15673 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15674 if there is none.
15675 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15676
15677 Advanced commands:
15678 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15679 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15680 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15681 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15682 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15683 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15684 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15685 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15686 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15687 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15688 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15689 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15690 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15691 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15692 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15693 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15694
15695 \(fn)" t nil)
15696 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15697
15698 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15699 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15700 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15701 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15702 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15703 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15704
15705 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15706 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15707
15708 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15709 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15710 KEY is a string.
15711 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15712 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15713 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15714 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15715
15716 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15719 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15720 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15721
15722 \(fn)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15725 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15726 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15727
15728 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15729
15730 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15731 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15732 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15733 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15734
15735 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15736
15737 ;;;***
15738 \f
15739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15740 ;;;;;; 0))
15741 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15742
15743 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15744 Throw away all cached data.
15745 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15746 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15747 system.
15748
15749 \(fn)" t nil)
15750 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15751
15752 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15753 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15754 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15755 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15756 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15757 one found at point.
15758
15759 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15760
15761 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15762 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15763
15764 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15765 Display the documentation of a file.
15766 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15767 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15768 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15769 The default file name is the one found at point.
15770
15771 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15772
15773 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15774
15775 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15776 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15777
15778 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15781 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15782
15783 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15784
15785 ;;;***
15786 \f
15787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15788 ;;;;;; 0))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15790 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15791
15792 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15793 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15794 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15795 current info file is the default.
15796
15797 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15798 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15799 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15800 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15801 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15802
15803 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15804 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15805 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15806 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15807 mistake in the reference.
15808
15809 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15810 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15811 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15812
15813 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15814 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15815 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15816 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15817
15818 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15819
15820 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15821 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15822 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15823 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15824 checked.
15825
15826 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15827 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15828 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15829 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15830 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15831 should be harmless.
15832
15833 \(fn)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15836 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15837 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15838 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15839
15840 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15841 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15842 and can take a long time.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15847 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15848 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15849
15850 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15851
15852 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15853 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15854
15855 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15856 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15857 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15858 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15859 all builtins).
15860
15861 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15862 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15863 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15864 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15865 the sources handy.
15866
15867 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15868
15869 ;;;***
15870 \f
15871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15872 ;;;;;; 0))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15874
15875 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15876 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15877
15878 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15879
15880 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15881 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15882
15883 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15884
15885 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15886 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15887 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15888 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15889
15890 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15891 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15892 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15893
15894 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15895 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15896 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15897 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15902 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15903 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15908 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15909 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15910 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15911 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15912
15913 \(fn)" nil nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15918 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15920 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15921
15922 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15923 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15924 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15925
15926 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15931 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15933
15934 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15935 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15936
15937 \(fn)" t nil)
15938
15939 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15940 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15941
15942 \(fn)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15945
15946
15947 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15948
15949 ;;;***
15950 \f
15951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15952 ;;;;;; 0))
15953 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15954 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15955
15956 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15957 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15958 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15959 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15960 accessed via isearchb.
15961
15962 \(fn)" t nil)
15963
15964 ;;;***
15965 \f
15966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15967 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15980 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15997 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16001
16002 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16004 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16005 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16012 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16013 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16014 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015
16016 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16019 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16020 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16021 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16022 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16023
16024 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16025
16026 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16028 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032
16033 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16035 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16037
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16039
16040 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Warn that format is read-only.
16042
16043 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Warn that format is write-only.
16047
16048 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16051 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16052
16053 \(fn)" t nil)
16054
16055 ;;;***
16056 \f
16057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16058 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16060 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16061 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16062
16063 ;;;***
16064 \f
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21356 43818
16066 ;;;;;; 957743 0))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16068
16069 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16072 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16073 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16074 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16075 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16076
16077 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16078
16079 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16080
16081 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16082 Key map for ispell menu.")
16083
16084 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16085 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16086 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16087 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16088
16089 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16090
16091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16092
16093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16094
16095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16096
16097 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16098 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16099 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16100 Valid forms include:
16101 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16102 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16103 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16104 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16105
16106 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16107 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16108 First list is used raw.
16109 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16110
16111 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16112 for skipping in latex mode.")
16113
16114 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16115 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16116 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16117 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16118 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16119 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16120 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16121
16122 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16123 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16124 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16125 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16126
16127 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16128 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16129 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16130 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16131 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16132
16133 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16134 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16135
16136 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16137 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16138
16139 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16140 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16141
16142 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16143 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16144
16145 Return values:
16146 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16147 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16148 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16149 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16150 quit spell session exited.
16151
16152 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16155 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16156 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16157
16158 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16159
16160 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16161 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16162
16163 Selections are:
16164
16165 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16166 SPC: Accept word this time.
16167 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16168 `a': Accept word for this session.
16169 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16170 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16171 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16172 `?': Show these commands.
16173 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16174 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16175 the aborted check to be completed later.
16176 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16177 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16178 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16179 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16180 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16181 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16182 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16183
16184 \(fn)" nil nil)
16185
16186 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16187 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16188 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16189 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16190
16191 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16194 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16195 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16196 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16197
16198 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16199
16200 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16201
16202 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16203 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16204 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16205 amount for last line processed.
16206
16207 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16210 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16211
16212 \(fn)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16215 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16216
16217 \(fn)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16220 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16221 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16222
16223 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16224
16225 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16226 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16227
16228 \(fn)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16231 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16232 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16233 sequence inside of a word.
16234
16235 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16236
16237 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16238
16239 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16240 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16241
16242 \(fn)" t nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16245 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16246 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16247 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16248
16249 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16250 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16251 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16252 available on the net.
16253
16254 \(fn)" t nil)
16255
16256 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16257 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16261
16262 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16263 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16264 spelled.
16265
16266 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16267 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16268 SPC.
16269
16270 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16271 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16276 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16277 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16278 Don't check included messages.
16279
16280 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16281 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16282 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16283
16284 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16285 in your init file:
16286 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16287 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16288 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16289 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16290
16291 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16292 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16293 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16294
16295 \(fn)" t nil)
16296
16297 ;;;***
16298 \f
16299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16300 ;;;;;; 351552 156000))
16301 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16302
16303 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16304 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16305 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16308 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16309
16310 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16311
16312 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16313 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16316 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16317
16318 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16319 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16320
16321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16322
16323 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16324
16325 ;;;***
16326 \f
16327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16328 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16330
16331 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16332
16333
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335
16336 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16337 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16338 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16339 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16340 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16341 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16342 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16343 necessary to represent OBJ.
16344
16345 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16346
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16348 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16349 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16350 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16351
16352 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16353
16354 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16355 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16356 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16357 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16358 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16359
16360 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16361
16362 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16363 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16364 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16365 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366
16367 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368
16369 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16370 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16371 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16372 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16373
16374 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16378
16379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380
16381 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16383 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16384 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16385 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16386
16387 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16388
16389 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16390 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16391 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16392 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16393 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16394
16395 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16396
16397 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16398 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16399 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16400
16401 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16406 ;;;;;; 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16408
16409 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16410 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16411 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16412 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16413
16414 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16415
16416
16417 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16420 Uninstall jka-compr.
16421 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16422 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16423 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16424
16425 \(fn)" nil nil)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21529 24490 97012 0))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16431 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16432
16433 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16434 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16435
16436 \(fn)" t nil)
16437 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16438
16439 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16445 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16446
16447 ;;;***
16448 \f
16449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16450 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16452
16453 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16454 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16455 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16456 decimal key must be specified.")
16457
16458 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16459
16460 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16461 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16462 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16463 decimal key must be specified.")
16464
16465 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16466
16467 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16468 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16469 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16470 decimal key must be specified.")
16471
16472 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16473
16474 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16475 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16476 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16477 decimal key must be specified.")
16478
16479 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16480
16481 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16482 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16483 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16484 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16485 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16486 keys are bound.
16487
16488 Setup Binding
16489 -------------------------------------------------------------
16490 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16491 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16492 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16493 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16494 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16495 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16496 in the global and local keymaps.
16497
16498 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16499 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16500
16501 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16502
16503 ;;;***
16504 \f
16505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16506 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16507 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16508
16509 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16510 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16511 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16512
16513 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16514 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16515 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16516 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16517 shorter.
16518
16519 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16520 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16521 the context of text formatting.
16522
16523 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16524
16525 ;;;***
16526 \f
16527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16528 ;;;;;; 0))
16529 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16530
16531 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16532 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16533 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16534 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16535 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16536 positions that contains the current selection.")
16537
16538 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16539 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16540 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16541 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16542 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16543 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16544 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16545
16546 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16547
16548 ;;;***
16549 \f
16550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16552 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16553 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16554 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16555 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16556 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16557 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16558 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16559
16560 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16561 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16562 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16563
16564 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16565
16566 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16567 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16568 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16569 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16570 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16571
16572 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16573
16574 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16575 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16576 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16577
16578 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16579 defining the macro.
16580
16581 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16582 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16583 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16584
16585 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16586 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16587
16588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16591 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16592 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16593 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16594 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16595 under that name.
16596
16597 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16598 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16599 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16600
16601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16602
16603 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16604 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16605 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16606 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16607
16608 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16609 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16610 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16611 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16612
16613 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16614 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16615
16616 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16617
16618 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16619 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16620 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16621
16622 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16623 macro.
16624
16625 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16626 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16627
16628 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16629 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16630 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16631
16632 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16633 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16634
16635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16636
16637 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16638 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16639 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16640 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16641
16642 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16643
16644 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16645 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16646 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16647 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16648
16649 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16650 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16651
16652 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16653
16654 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16655 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16656 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16657
16658 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16659
16660 ;;;***
16661 \f
16662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16663 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16665
16666 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16667 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16668 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16669
16670 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16671
16672
16673 \(fn)" nil nil)
16674
16675 ;;;***
16676 \f
16677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21419 7843 195974
16678 ;;;;;; 0))
16679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16680 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16681
16682 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16683
16684 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16685 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16686
16687 \(fn)" t nil)
16688
16689 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16690 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16691 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16692 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16693
16694 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16695 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16696 none / 1 | yes | no
16697 2 | yes | yes
16698 3 | no | yes
16699 4 | no | no
16700
16701 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16702 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16703 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16704
16705 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16706
16707 ;;;***
16708 \f
16709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16710 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16712
16713 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16714
16715
16716 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16717
16718 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16719 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16720 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16721 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16722 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16723 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16724
16725 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16726 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16727
16728 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16729
16730 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16731 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16732
16733 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16734
16735 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16736
16737
16738 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16741
16742
16743 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16744
16745 ;;;***
16746 \f
16747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16748 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16750
16751 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16752 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16753 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16754 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16755
16756 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16757
16758 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16759 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16760 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16761
16762 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16763
16764 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16765 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16766 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16767
16768 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16769
16770 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16771 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16772 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16773 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16774
16775 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16776
16777 ;;;***
16778 \f
16779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16780 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16781 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16782
16783 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16784 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16785 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16786 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16787 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16788 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16789 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16790 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16791
16792 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16793 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16794
16795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16796 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16797
16798 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16799
16800 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16801 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16802 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16803 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16804 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16805 `latin1-display-setup'.
16806
16807 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16808
16809 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16810 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16811 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16812 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16813
16814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16815 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16816
16817 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16818
16819 ;;;***
16820 \f
16821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16822 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16824
16825 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16826 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16827
16828 \(fn)" t nil)
16829
16830 ;;;***
16831 \f
16832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16834
16835 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16836 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16837 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16838 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16839 generations (this defaults to 1).
16840
16841 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16842
16843 ;;;***
16844 \f
16845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16847 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16848
16849 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16850 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16852 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16853 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16854
16855 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16856
16857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16858
16859 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16860 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16861 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16864 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16865
16866 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16867
16868 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16869 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16870 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16871 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16872 ARG is omitted or nil.
16873
16874 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16875 `linum-on' would do it.
16876 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16877
16878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16879
16880 ;;;***
16881 \f
16882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16883 ;;;;;; 0))
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16885
16886 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16887 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16888 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16889 is nil, raise an error.
16890
16891 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16892 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16893 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16894 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16895 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16896 defined by the library.
16897
16898 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16899 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16900 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16901 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16902 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16903 proceeds.
16904
16905 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16906 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16907 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16908 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16909
16910 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16911
16912 ;;;***
16913 \f
16914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16916
16917 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16918 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16919 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16920
16921 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16922
16923 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16924 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16925 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16926 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16927
16928 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16929 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16930 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16931 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16932 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16933 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16934 the version.)
16935
16936 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16937 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16938
16939 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16940 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16941
16942 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16943 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16944
16945 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16946
16947 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16948 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16949 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16950 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16951 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16952 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16953 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16954 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16955 to constrain a big search.
16956
16957 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16958
16959 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16960 except that FILTER is not optional.
16961
16962 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16963
16964 ;;;***
16965 \f
16966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21442 23723 6983
16967 ;;;;;; 0))
16968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16969
16970 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16971 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16972 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16973 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16974 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16975 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16976 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16977 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16978 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16979 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16980
16981 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16982 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16983 associated values:
16984 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16985 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16986 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16987 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16988 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16989
16990 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16991 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16992 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16993
16994 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16995
16996 ;;;***
16997 \f
16998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16999 ;;;;;; 0))
17000 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17001
17002 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17003 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17004
17005 \(fn)" t nil)
17006
17007 ;;;***
17008 \f
17009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17010 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17011
17012 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17013 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17014
17015 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17016 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17017
17018 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17019 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17020 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17021
17022 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17023 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17024
17025 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17026 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17027 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17028 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17029 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17030 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17031 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17032
17033 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17034
17035 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17036 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17037 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17038 switch on this list.
17039 See `lpr-command'.")
17040
17041 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17042
17043 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17044 Name of program for printing a file.
17045
17046 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17047 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17048 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17049 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17050 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17051 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17052 argument.")
17053
17054 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17055
17056 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17057 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17058 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17059 for customization of the printer command.
17060
17061 \(fn)" t nil)
17062
17063 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17064 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17065
17066 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17067 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17068 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17069 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17070
17071 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17072 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17073
17074 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17075 for further customization of the printer command.
17076
17077 \(fn)" t nil)
17078
17079 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17080 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17081 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17082 for customization of the printer command.
17083
17084 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17085
17086 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17087 Paginate and print the region contents.
17088
17089 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17090 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17091 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17092 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17093
17094 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17095 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17096
17097 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17098 for further customization of the printer command.
17099
17100 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17101
17102 ;;;***
17103 \f
17104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21546 33576 601815
17105 ;;;;;; 0))
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17107
17108 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17109 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17110 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17111
17112 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17113
17114 ;;;***
17115 \f
17116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17117 ;;;;;; 0))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17119
17120 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17121 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17122 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17123 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17124
17125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17126
17127 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17128
17129 ;;;***
17130 \f
17131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17132 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17134
17135 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17136 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17137
17138 \(fn)" t nil)
17139
17140 ;;;***
17141 \f
17142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17143 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17144
17145 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17146 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17147 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17148 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17149 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17150
17151 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17152
17153 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17154 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17155 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17156 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17157 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17158
17159 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17160 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17161 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17162 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17163 bindings.
17164
17165 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17166 use this command, and then save the file.
17167
17168 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17169
17170 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17171 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17172 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17173 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17174 each time the macro executes.
17175 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17176 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17177 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17178 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17179 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17180 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17181 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17182
17183 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17184
17185 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17186 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17187 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17188 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17189
17190 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17191 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17192 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17193 execute.
17194
17195 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17196 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17197
17198 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17199 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17200 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17201 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17202 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17203
17204 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17205 looked like this:
17206
17207 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17208 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17209 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17210
17211 You could enter the names in this format:
17212
17213 foo
17214 bar
17215 baz
17216
17217 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17218
17219 \\C-x (
17220 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17221 \\C-x )
17222
17223 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17224 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17225
17226 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17227 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17228
17229 ;;;***
17230 \f
17231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17232 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17234
17235 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17236 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17237 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17238 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17239 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17240 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17241
17242 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17243 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17244 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17245 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17246 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17247
17248 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17249 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17250 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17251 consing a string.)
17252
17253 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17254
17255 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17256 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17257
17258 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17259
17260 ;;;***
17261 \f
17262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17263 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17265
17266 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17267 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17268
17269 \(fn)" nil nil)
17270
17271 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17272
17273
17274 \(fn)" nil nil)
17275
17276 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17277 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17278
17279 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17280
17281 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17282 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17283 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17284 message.
17285
17286 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17287
17288 \(fn)" nil nil)
17289
17290 ;;;***
17291 \f
17292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17293 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17295
17296 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17297 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17298 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17299 often correct parser.")
17300
17301 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17302
17303 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17304 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17305 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17306 a value which excludes your own email address.
17307
17308 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17309 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17310
17311 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17312
17313 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17314 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17315
17316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17317
17318 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17319 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17320 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17321 we return it unconverted.
17322
17323 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17324 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17325
17326 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17327
17328 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17329 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17330 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17331 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17332
17333 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17336 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17337 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17338 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17339
17340 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17341
17342 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17343 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17344 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17345 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17346 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17347 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17348 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17349 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17350 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17351 as Rmail does.
17352
17353 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17356 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17357 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17358 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17359 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17360 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17361 matches may be returned from the message body.
17362
17363 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17364
17365 ;;;***
17366 \f
17367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17368 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17370
17371 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17372 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17373 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17376 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17377
17378 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17379
17380 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17381 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17385
17386 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17387 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17388 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17389 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17390
17391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17394 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17395
17396 \(fn)" nil nil)
17397
17398 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17399 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17400 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17401
17402 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17403
17404 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17405 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17406 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17407
17408 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17409 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17410 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17411 double-quotes.
17412
17413 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17414
17415 ;;;***
17416 \f
17417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17418 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17420
17421 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17422 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17423 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17424 king@grassland.com
17425 If `parens', they look like:
17426 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17427 If `angles', they look like:
17428 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17429
17430 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17431
17432 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17433 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17434 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17435 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17436 their `Resent-' variants.
17437
17438 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17439 removed from alias expansions.
17440
17441 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17442
17443 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17444 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17445 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17446
17447 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17448 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17449 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17450 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17451
17452 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17453
17454 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17455 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17456 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17457
17458 \(fn)" nil nil)
17459
17460 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17461 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17462 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17463 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17464
17465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17466
17467 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17468
17469 ;;;***
17470 \f
17471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17472 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17474
17475 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17476 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17477 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17478 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17479
17480 \(fn)" nil nil)
17481
17482 ;;;***
17483 \f
17484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17485 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17487
17488 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17489 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17490
17491 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17492 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17493 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17494 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17495 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17496 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17497
17498 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17499 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17500 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17501 dependency, despite the colon.
17502
17503 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17504
17505 In the browser, use the following keys:
17506
17507 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17508
17509 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17510
17511 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17512 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17513
17514 `makefile-target-colon':
17515 The string that gets appended to all target names
17516 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17517 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17518
17519 `makefile-macro-assign':
17520 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17521 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17522 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17523 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17524 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17525 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17526
17527 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17528 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17529 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17530
17531 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17532 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17533
17534 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17535 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17536 up or down in the browser.
17537
17538 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17539 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17540
17541 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17542 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17543
17544 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17545 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17546 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17547 has been selected in the browser.
17548
17549 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17550 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17551 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17552 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17553 filenames are omitted.
17554
17555 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17556 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17557 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17558 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17559 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17560 the backslash itself intact.
17561 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17562 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17563
17564 `makefile-browser-hook':
17565 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17566 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17567
17568 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17569 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17570 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17571 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17572
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17576 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17577
17578 \(fn)" t nil)
17579
17580 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17581 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17582
17583 \(fn)" t nil)
17584
17585 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17586 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17587
17588 \(fn)" t nil)
17589
17590 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17591 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17592
17593 \(fn)" t nil)
17594
17595 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17596 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17597
17598 \(fn)" t nil)
17599
17600 ;;;***
17601 \f
17602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17603 ;;;;;; 0))
17604 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17605
17606 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17607 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17608 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17609
17610 \(fn)" t nil)
17611
17612 ;;;***
17613 \f
17614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21427 56357 771874 0))
17615 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17616
17617 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17618
17619 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17620 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17621 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17622 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17623 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17624 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17625 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17626 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17627 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17628 without running the man command.
17629
17630 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17631 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17632 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17633
17634 cat(1)
17635 1 cat
17636
17637 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17638 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17639 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17640 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17641
17642 -a chmod
17643
17644 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17645 otherwise look like a page name.
17646
17647 /my/file/name.1.gz
17648 -l somefile.1
17649
17650 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17651 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17652 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17653
17654 -k pattern
17655
17656 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17657
17658 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17659 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17660
17661 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17662
17663 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17664 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17665
17666 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17667
17668 ;;;***
17669 \f
17670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17671 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17672 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17673
17674 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17675 Toggle Master mode.
17676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17679
17680 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17681 using the following commands:
17682
17683 \\{master-mode-map}
17684
17685 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17686 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17687 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17688
17689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17690
17691 ;;;***
17692 \f
17693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17694 ;;;;;; 0))
17695 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17696
17697 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17698 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17699 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17702 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17703
17704 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17705
17706 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17707 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17709 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17710 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17711
17712 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17713 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17714 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17715 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17716
17717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17718
17719 ;;;***
17720 \f
17721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17722 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17723 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17724
17725 ;;;***
17726 \f
17727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21546 33576 601815
17728 ;;;;;; 0))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17730
17731 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17732
17733 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17734 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17735 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17736 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17737 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17738 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17739 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17740 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17741 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17742 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17743 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17744 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17745 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17746 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17747 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17748 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17749 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17750 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17751 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17752 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17753 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17754 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17755 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17756 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17757 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17758 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17759 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17760 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17761 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17762 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17763 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17764 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17765 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17766 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17767 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17768 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17769 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17770 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17771
17772 \(fn)" t nil)
17773
17774 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17775 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17776 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17777 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17778 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17779
17780 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17783 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17784
17785 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17788 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17789
17790 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17793 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17794
17795 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17796
17797 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17798 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17799 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17800
17801 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17802
17803 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17804 Cancel an article you posted.
17805 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17806
17807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17810 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17811 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17812 header line with the old Message-ID.
17813
17814 \(fn)" t nil)
17815
17816 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17817 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17818
17819 \(fn)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17822 Forward the current message via mail.
17823 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17824 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17825
17826 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17829
17830
17831 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17832
17833 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17834
17835
17836 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17837
17838 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17839 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17840
17841 \(fn)" t nil)
17842
17843 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17844 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17845
17846 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17849 Re-mail the current message.
17850 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17851 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17852 you.
17853
17854 \(fn)" t nil)
17855
17856 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17857 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17858
17859 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17862 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17863
17864 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17865
17866 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17867 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17868
17869 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17870
17871 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17872 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17873
17874 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17875
17876 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17877 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17878 Works by overstriking characters.
17879 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17880 which specify the range to operate on.
17881
17882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17883
17884 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17885 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17886 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17887 which specify the range to operate on.
17888
17889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17890
17891 ;;;***
17892 \f
17893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17894 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17896 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17897
17898 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17899 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17900
17901 \(fn)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17904 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17905
17906 \(fn)" t nil)
17907
17908 ;;;***
17909 \f
17910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17911 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17913
17914 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17915 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17916 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17917
17918 \(fn)" t nil)
17919
17920 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17921 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17922 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17923 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17924 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17925 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17926 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17927
17928 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17929
17930 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17931 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17932 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17933 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17934 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17935 means current).
17936 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17937 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17938
17939 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17940
17941 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17942 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17943 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17944 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17945 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17946 means current).
17947 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17948 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17949
17950 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17951
17952 ;;;***
17953 \f
17954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21546 33576 601815
17955 ;;;;;; 0))
17956 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17957
17958 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17959 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17960 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17961
17962 \(fn)" t nil)
17963
17964 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17965 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17966 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17967
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17969
17970 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17971 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17972
17973 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17974 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17975 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17976
17977 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17978 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17979
17980 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17981 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17982
17983 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17984
17985 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17986
17987 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17988 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17989 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17990 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17991 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17992 as `compose-mail'.
17993
17994 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17995 initial Subject field, respectively.
17996
17997 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17998 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17999 are strings.
18000
18001 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18002 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18005
18006 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18007 Save draft and send message.
18008
18009 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18010 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18011 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18012 Mail Delivery*\".
18013
18014 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18015 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18016 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18017
18018 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18019 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18020 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18021 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18022 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18023 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18024
18025 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18026 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18027
18028 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18029 message and scan line.
18030
18031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18032
18033 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18034 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18035
18036 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18037 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18038 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18039 delete the draft message.
18040
18041 \(fn)" t nil)
18042
18043 ;;;***
18044 \f
18045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
18046 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18047 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18048
18049 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18050
18051 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18052
18053 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18054
18055 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18056 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18057
18058 \(fn)" t nil)
18059
18060 ;;;***
18061 \f
18062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18063 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18065
18066 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18067 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18068 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18069
18070 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18071 the MH mail system.
18072
18073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18074
18075 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18076 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18077 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18078
18079 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18080 the MH mail system.
18081
18082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18083
18084 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18085 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18086
18087 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18088 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18089 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18090 separate command.
18091
18092 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18093 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18094 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18095 format.
18096
18097 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18098
18099 Ranges
18100 ======
18101 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18102 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18103 can be used in several ways.
18104
18105 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18106 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18107 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18108 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18109 page):
18110
18111 <num1>-<num2>
18112 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18113 The range must be nonempty.
18114
18115 <num>:N
18116 <num>:+N
18117 <num>:-N
18118 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18119 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18120 last.
18121
18122 first:N
18123 prev:N
18124 next:N
18125 last:N
18126 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18127
18128 all
18129 All of the messages.
18130
18131 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18132 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18133
18134 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18135 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18136 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18137
18138 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18139
18140 \(fn)" t nil)
18141
18142 ;;;***
18143 \f
18144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18145 ;;;;;; 0))
18146 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18147
18148 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18149 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18150 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18151 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18152 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18153 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18154 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18155 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18156 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18157 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18158 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18159
18160 \(fn)" t nil)
18161
18162 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18163 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18164 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18165 to its second argument TM.
18166
18167 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18168
18169 ;;;***
18170 \f
18171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18172 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18174
18175 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18176 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18177 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18179 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18180 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18181
18182 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18183
18184 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18185 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18186 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18187 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18188 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18189
18190 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18191 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18192 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18193 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18194 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18195 is modified to remove the default indication.
18196
18197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198
18199 ;;;***
18200 \f
18201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18202 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18203
18204 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18205 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18206 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18207 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18208 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18209 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18210 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18211 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18212 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18213
18214 \(fn)" t nil)
18215
18216 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18217 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18218 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18219 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18220 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18221 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18222 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18223 The return value is always nil.
18224
18225 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18226
18227 ;;;***
18228 \f
18229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18230 ;;;;;; 0))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18232 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18233
18234 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18235 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18236
18237 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18238 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18239 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18240 next occurrence.
18241
18242 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18243 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18244 end of the search space).
18245
18246 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18247 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18248 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18249 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18250 should return the previous buffer to search.
18251
18252 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18253 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18254 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18255
18256 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18257 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18258 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18259 Isearch starts.")
18260
18261 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18262 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18263 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18264
18265 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18266 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18267 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18268
18269 \(fn)" nil nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18272 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18273 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18274 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18275 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18276 whose names match the specified regexp.
18277
18278 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18279
18280 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18281 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18282 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18283 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18284 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18285 whose names match the specified regexp.
18286
18287 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18288
18289 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18290 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18291 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18292 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18293 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18294 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18295 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18296
18297 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18298
18299 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18300 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18301 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18302 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18303 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18304 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18305 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18306
18307 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18308
18309 ;;;***
18310 \f
18311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18312 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18314 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18315
18316 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18317 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18318
18319 \(fn)" t nil)
18320
18321 ;;;***
18322 \f
18323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18324 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18326
18327 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18328 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18329
18330 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18331
18332 ;;;***
18333 \f
18334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18335 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18337
18338 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18339 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18340
18341 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18342
18343 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18344 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18345 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18346 the entire message.
18347 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18348
18349 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18350
18351 ;;;***
18352 \f
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18354 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18356
18357 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18358 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18359 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18360 the entire message.
18361 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18362
18363 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18364
18365 ;;;***
18366 \f
18367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18368 ;;;;;; 0))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18370
18371 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18372 Insert file contents of URL.
18373 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18374
18375 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18376
18377 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18378 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18379
18380 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18381
18382 ;;;***
18383 \f
18384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21363 17065 850322
18385 ;;;;;; 0))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18387
18388 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18389 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18390 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18391 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18392 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18393
18394 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18395
18396 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18397 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18398 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18399
18400 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18401
18402 ;;;***
18403 \f
18404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
18405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18406
18407 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18408 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18409
18410 \(fn)" nil nil)
18411
18412 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18413 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18414 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18415 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18416 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18417
18418 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18419 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18420 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18421 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18422 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18423 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18424
18425 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18430 ;;;;;; 0))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18432
18433 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18434
18435
18436 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18437
18438 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18439
18440
18441 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18442
18443 ;;;***
18444 \f
18445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21546 33576 601815
18446 ;;;;;; 0))
18447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18448
18449 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18450
18451
18452 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18453
18454 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18455
18456
18457 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18458
18459 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18460
18461
18462 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18463
18464 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18465
18466
18467 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18468
18469 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18470
18471
18472 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18473
18474 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18475
18476
18477 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18478
18479 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18480
18481
18482 \(fn)" nil nil)
18483
18484 ;;;***
18485 \f
18486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18487 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18489
18490 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18491
18492 ;;;***
18493 \f
18494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18495 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18497
18498 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18499
18500 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18501 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18502 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18503 followed by the first character of the construct.
18504 \\<m2-mode-map>
18505 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18506 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18507 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18508 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18509 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18510 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18511 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18512 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18513 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18514 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18515 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18516 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18517 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18518 \\[m2-link] link
18519
18520 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18521 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18522 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18523
18524 \(fn)" t nil)
18525
18526 ;;;***
18527 \f
18528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18529 ;;;;;; 0))
18530 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18531
18532 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18533 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18534
18535 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18536
18537 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18538 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18539
18540 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18541
18542 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18543 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18544
18545 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18546
18547 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18548 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18549
18550 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18551
18552 ;;;***
18553 \f
18554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18555 ;;;;;; 0))
18556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18557
18558 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18559 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18560
18561 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18562 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18563 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18564
18565 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18566 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18567 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18568
18569 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18570 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18571
18572 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18573 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18574 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18575 hemisphere you're in.)
18576
18577 To test this function, evaluate:
18578 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18579
18580 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18581
18582 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18583 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18584
18585 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18586 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18587
18588 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18589 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18590 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18591
18592 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18593 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18594
18595 To test this function, evaluate:
18596 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18597
18598 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18599
18600 ;;;***
18601 \f
18602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21537 18599 384335 0))
18603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18604
18605 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18606 Main entry point for MPC.
18607
18608 \(fn)" t nil)
18609
18610 ;;;***
18611 \f
18612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18614
18615 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18616 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18617
18618 \(fn)" t nil)
18619
18620 ;;;***
18621 \f
18622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21528 3626 241769 0))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18624
18625 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18626 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18627 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18630 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18631
18632 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18633
18634 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18635 Toggle Msb mode.
18636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18637 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18638 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18639
18640 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18641 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18642
18643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18644
18645 ;;;***
18646 \f
18647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18648 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18650
18651 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display a list of all character sets.
18653
18654 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18655 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18656 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18657 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18658 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18659
18660 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18661 but still shows the full information.
18662
18663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18666 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18667 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18668
18669 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18670 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18671 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18672 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18673 meanings of these arguments.
18674
18675 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18676
18677 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18678 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18679
18680 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18683 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18684
18685 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18689
18690 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18694
18695 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18696 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18697 in place of `..':
18698 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18699 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18700 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18701 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18702 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18703 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18704 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18705 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18706 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18707 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18708 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18709 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18710 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18711 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18712 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18713 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18714
18715 \(fn)" t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18719
18720 \(fn)" t nil)
18721
18722 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display a list of all coding systems.
18724 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18725
18726 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18727 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18728
18729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18730
18731 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display a list of all coding categories.
18733
18734 \(fn)" nil nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18738 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18739
18740 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display information about FONTSET.
18744 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18745
18746 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18747
18748 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18749 Display a list of all fontsets.
18750 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18751 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18752 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18753
18754 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18755
18756 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18757 Display information about all input methods.
18758
18759 \(fn)" t nil)
18760
18761 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18762 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18763
18764 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18765 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18766 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18767 system which uses fontsets).
18768
18769 \(fn)" t nil)
18770
18771 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18772 Show log of font listing and opening.
18773 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18774 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18775
18776 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18777
18778 ;;;***
18779 \f
18780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21412
18781 ;;;;;; 2598 318409 0))
18782 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18783
18784 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18785 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18786
18787 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18788 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18789
18790 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18791 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18792
18793 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18794
18795 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18796 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18797 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18798 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18799 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18800 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18801 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18802
18803 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18804 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18805 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18806 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18807 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18808 middle of a character in STR.
18809
18810 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18811 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18812
18813 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18814 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18815 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18816 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18817 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18818
18819 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18820
18821 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18822 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18823
18824 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18825 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18826 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18827
18828 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18829 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18830 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18831
18832 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18833 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18834 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18835 are considered.
18836 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18837 longer than KEYSEQ.
18838 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18839
18840 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18841
18842 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18843 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18844 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18845 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18846 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18847 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18848 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18849 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18850 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18851 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18852 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18853
18854 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18855
18856 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18857 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18858
18859 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18860
18861 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18862 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18863
18864 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18865
18866 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18867 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18868
18869 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18873
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18875
18876 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18877 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18878 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18879 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18880 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18881
18882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18883 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18884
18885 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18886 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18887 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18888 coding systems ordered by priority.
18889
18890 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18891
18892 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18893
18894 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18895 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18896 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18897 language environment LANG-ENV.
18898
18899 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18902 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18903 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18904 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18905 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18906 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18907
18908 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18909
18910 ;;;***
18911 \f
18912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18913 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18915
18916 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18917 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18918
18919 \(fn)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18922 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18923
18924 \(fn)" t nil)
18925
18926 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18927 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18928
18929 \(fn)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18932 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18933
18934 \(fn)" t nil)
18935
18936 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18937 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18938
18939 \(fn)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18942 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18943
18944 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18947 Ping HOST.
18948 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18949 `ping-program-options'.
18950
18951 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18952
18953 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18954 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18955
18956 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18957
18958 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18959 Run nslookup program.
18960
18961 \(fn)" t nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18964 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18965
18966 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18967
18968 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18969 Run dig program.
18970
18971 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18972
18973 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18974 Run ftp program.
18975
18976 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18977
18978 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18979 Finger USER on HOST.
18980
18981 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18984 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18985 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18986 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18987
18988 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18989
18990 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18991
18992
18993 \(fn)" t nil)
18994
18995 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18996 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18997
18998 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18999
19000 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19001 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19002
19003 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19004
19005 ;;;***
19006 \f
19007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19008 ;;;;;; 0))
19009 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19010
19011 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19012 Return a user name/password pair.
19013 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19014 listed in the PORTS list.
19015
19016 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19017
19018 ;;;***
19019 \f
19020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
19021 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19023
19024 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19025 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19026 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19027 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19028 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19029 closes it.
19030
19031 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19032 make it unique.
19033 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19034 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19035 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19036 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19037 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19038 a port number to connect to.
19039
19040 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19041 values:
19042
19043 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19044 nil or `network'
19045 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19046 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19047 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19048 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19049 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19050 an unencrypted connection.
19051 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19052 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19053 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19054 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19055 returned object is a killed process.
19056 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19057 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19058 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19059
19060 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19061 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19062 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19063 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19064 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19065 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19066 or nil if none could be found.
19067 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19068 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19069
19070 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19071
19072 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19073 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19074 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19075
19076 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19077 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19078 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19079
19080 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19081 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19082 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19083
19084 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19085 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19086 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19087 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19088
19089 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19090 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19091
19092 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19093 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19094 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19095 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19096 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19097 or STARTTLS connections.
19098
19099 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19100 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19101
19102 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19103 a greeting from the server.
19104
19105 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19106 asynchronously, if possible.
19107
19108 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19109
19110 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19111
19112 ;;;***
19113 \f
19114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21539
19115 ;;;;;; 60334 648861 0))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19117
19118 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19119 Check whether newsticker is running.
19120 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19121 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19122
19123 \(fn)" nil nil)
19124
19125 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19126 Start the newsticker.
19127 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19128 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19129 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19130 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19131
19132 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19133
19134 ;;;***
19135 \f
19136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19137 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19139
19140 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19141 Start newsticker plainview.
19142
19143 \(fn)" t nil)
19144
19145 ;;;***
19146 \f
19147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19148 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19150
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19152 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19153
19154 \(fn)" t nil)
19155
19156 ;;;***
19157 \f
19158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21539
19159 ;;;;;; 60334 648861 0))
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19161
19162 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19163 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19164 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19165 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19166 empty.
19167
19168 \(fn)" nil nil)
19169
19170 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19171 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19172 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19173 running already.
19174
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19176
19177 ;;;***
19178 \f
19179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21546
19180 ;;;;;; 33576 601815 0))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19182
19183 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19184 Start newsticker treeview.
19185
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19187
19188 ;;;***
19189 \f
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19191 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19193 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19194
19195 ;;;***
19196 \f
19197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19198 ;;;;;; 0))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19200
19201 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19202 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19203
19204 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19205
19206 ;;;***
19207 \f
19208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19209 ;;;;;; 0))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19211
19212 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19213 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19214 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19215 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19216 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19217 symbol in the alist.
19218
19219 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19220
19221 ;;;***
19222 \f
19223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19224 ;;;;;; 0))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19226
19227 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19228 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19229 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19230
19231 \(fn)" t nil)
19232
19233 ;;;***
19234 \f
19235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19237
19238 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19239 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19240
19241 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19242
19243 ;;;***
19244 \f
19245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19247
19248 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19249
19250 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19251 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19252 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19253
19254 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19255
19256
19257 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19258
19259 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19260 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19261 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19262 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19263 to future sessions.
19264
19265 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19268 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19269 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19270 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19271 future sessions.
19272
19273 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19274
19275 ;;;***
19276 \f
19277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19278 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19280
19281 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19282 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19283 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19284 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19285 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19286 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19287
19288 \(fn)" t nil)
19289
19290 ;;;***
19291 \f
19292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19294 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19295
19296 ;;;***
19297 \f
19298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19299 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19301
19302 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19303 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19304 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19305 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19306
19307 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19308
19309 ;;;***
19310 \f
19311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21383 2343
19312 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19314
19315 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19316 Major mode for editing XML.
19317
19318 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19319 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19320 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19321 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19322 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19323 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19324 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19325
19326 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19327
19328 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19329 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19330
19331 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19332 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19333 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19334 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19335 instead of C-c.
19336
19337 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19338 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19339 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19340 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19341 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19342 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19343
19344 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19345 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19346 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19347
19348 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19349 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19350 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19351
19352 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19353 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19354 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19355 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19356 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19357 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19358 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19359 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19360 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19361
19362 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19363
19364 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19365 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19366
19367 \(fn)" t nil)
19368 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19369
19370 ;;;***
19371 \f
19372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19373 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19375
19376 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19377 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19378 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19379 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19380
19381 \(fn)" t nil)
19382
19383 ;;;***
19384 \f
19385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21437 5802
19386 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
19387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19388
19389 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19390 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19391
19392 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19393 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19394 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19395 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19396
19397 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19398
19399 Key bindings:
19400 \\{octave-mode-map}
19401
19402 \(fn)" t nil)
19403
19404 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19405 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19406 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19407
19408 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19409
19410 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19411 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19412
19413 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19414 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19415 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19416
19417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19418
19419 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19420
19421 ;;;***
19422 \f
19423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19424 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19426
19427 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19428
19429 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19430 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19431 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19432 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19433 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19434
19435 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19436
19437 Customization:
19438
19439 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19440 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19441 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19442 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19443 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19444 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19445 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19446 Directories to search when finding external units.
19447 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19448 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19449
19450 Coloring:
19451
19452 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19453 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19454
19455 \(fn)" t nil)
19456
19457 ;;;***
19458 \f
19459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19461
19462 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19463 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19464
19465 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19466
19467 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19468 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19469 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19470 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19471 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19472 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19473
19474 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19475
19476 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19477 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19478 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19479 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19480 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19481
19482 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19483
19484 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19485 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19486
19487 \(fn)" nil nil)
19488
19489 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19490 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19491
19492 \(fn)" nil nil)
19493
19494 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19495 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19496 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19497
19498 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19499 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19500 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19501 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19502 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19503 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19504 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19505 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19506 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19507 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19508
19509 The following commands are available:
19510
19511 \\{org-mode-map}
19512
19513 \(fn)" t nil)
19514
19515 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19516 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19517
19518 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19519 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19520 in special contexts.
19521
19522 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19523 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19524 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19525 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19526 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19527 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19528 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19529 properties in the buffer.
19530 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19531 including any drawers.
19532
19533 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19534
19535 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19536 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19537 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19538 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19539 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19540 and zoom in further.
19541 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19542 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19543
19544 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19545 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19546 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19547 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19548 times right after creating a new headline.
19549
19550 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19551 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19552 is negative, go up that many levels.
19553
19554 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19555 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19556 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19557
19558 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19559 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19560 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19561 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19562
19563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19564
19565 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19566 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19567 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19568 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19569
19570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19571 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19572
19573 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19574 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19575 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19576 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19577 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19578 defined by Org-mode).
19579
19580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19581
19582 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19583 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19584
19585 \(fn)" nil nil)
19586
19587 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19588 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19589
19590 \(fn)" nil nil)
19591
19592 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19593 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19594 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19595 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19596 call CMD.
19597
19598 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19601 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19602 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19603 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19604
19605 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19606 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19607 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19608
19609 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19610 part of Org's core.
19611
19612 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19613 active region.
19614
19615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19616
19617 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19618 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19619 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19620
19621 \(fn)" t nil)
19622
19623 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19624 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19625 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19626 Org-mode syntax.
19627
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19629
19630 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19631 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19632
19633 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19636 Switch between Org buffers.
19637 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19638 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19639
19640 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19641 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19642
19643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19644
19645 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19646
19647 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19650 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19651 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19652 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19653
19654 \(fn)" t nil)
19655
19656 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19657 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19658
19659 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19660
19661 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19662 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19663 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19664
19665 \(fn)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19668 Reload all org lisp files.
19669 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19670
19671 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19672
19673 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19674 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19675
19676 \(fn)" t nil)
19677
19678 ;;;***
19679 \f
19680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 37672
19681 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19682 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19683
19684 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19685 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19686
19687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19688
19689 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19690 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19691 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19692 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19693
19694 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19695 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19696 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19697 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19698 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19699 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19700 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19701 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19702 e Export views to associated files.
19703 s Search entries for keywords.
19704 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19705 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19706 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19707 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19708 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19709 > Remove a previous restriction.
19710 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19711 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19712 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19713
19714 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19715 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19716 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19717
19718 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19719 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19720 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19721 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19722 \(if active).
19723
19724 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19727 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19728 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19729 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19730 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19731 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19732 before running the agenda command.
19733
19734 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19735
19736 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19737 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19738 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19739 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19740 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19741 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19742 before running the agenda command.
19743
19744 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19745 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19746
19747 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19748
19749 category The category of the item
19750 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19751 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19752 todo selected in TODO match
19753 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19754 diary imported from diary
19755 deadline a deadline on given date
19756 scheduled scheduled on given date
19757 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19758 closed entry was closed on given date
19759 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19760 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19761 block entry has date block including g. date
19762 todo The todo keyword, if any
19763 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19764 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19765 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19766 extra Sting with extra planning info
19767 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19768 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19769 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19770
19771 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19774 Store agenda views.
19775
19776 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19777
19778 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19779 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19780
19781 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19782
19783 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19784 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19785 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19786 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19787
19788 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19789 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19790 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19791
19792 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19793 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19794
19795 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19796 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19797
19798 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19799
19800 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19801 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19802
19803 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19804 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19805 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19806 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19807 EDIT-AT.
19808
19809 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19810 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19811 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19812 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19813 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19814 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19815
19816 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19817 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19818 including newlines.
19819
19820 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19821 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19822 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19823 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19824 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19825 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19826 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19827
19828 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19829 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19830 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19831 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19832
19833 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19834 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19835 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19836 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19837 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19838 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19839 Boolean search must match as full words.
19840
19841 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19842 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19843
19844 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19845
19846 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19847 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19848 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19849 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19850 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19851 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19852
19853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19856 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19857 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19858
19859 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19860
19861 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19862 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19863 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19864 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19865 `org-stuck-projects'.
19866
19867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19868
19869 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19870 Return diary information from org files.
19871 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19872 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19873 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19874 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19875 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19876
19877 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19878
19879 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19880
19881 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19882 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19883
19884 &%%(org-diary)
19885
19886 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19887 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19888 So the example above may also be written as
19889
19890 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19891
19892 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19893 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19894 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19895
19896 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19897
19898 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19899 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19900
19901 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19902
19903 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19904 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19905 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19906 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19907 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19908
19909 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19910
19911 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19912 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19913 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19914
19915 \(fn)" t nil)
19916
19917 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19918 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19919 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19920 appointments.
19921
19922 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19923 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19924
19925 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19926 for filtering entries out.
19927
19928 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19929 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19930 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19931
19932 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19933 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19934
19935 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19936 (category \"Work\"))
19937
19938 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19939 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19940
19941 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19942 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19943 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19944 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19945 details and examples.
19946
19947 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19948 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19949
19950 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19951
19952 ;;;***
19953 \f
19954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 37672
19955 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19956 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19959 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19960
19961 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19962
19963 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19964 Capture something.
19965 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19966 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19967 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19968 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19969 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19970 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19971
19972 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19973 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19974 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19975 stored.
19976
19977 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19978
19979 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19980 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19981 will be bypassed.
19982
19983 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19984 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19985 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19986 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19987
19988 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19991 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19992
19993 \(fn)" t nil)
19994
19995 ;;;***
19996 \f
19997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19998 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19999 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20000
20001 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20002 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20003
20004 \(fn)" t nil)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20007
20008
20009 \(fn)" nil nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20012 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20013 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20014
20015 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20016
20017 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20018 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20019
20020 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20021
20022 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20023 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20024
20025 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20028 Write the column view table.
20029 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20030
20031 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20032 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20033 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20034 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20035 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20036 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20037 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20038 using `org-id-find'.
20039 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20040 a hline before each level <= that number.
20041 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20042 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20043 :skip-empty-rows
20044 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20045 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20046
20047 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20050 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20051
20052 \(fn)" t nil)
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20055 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20056
20057 \(fn)" t nil)
20058
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21417 20521
20062 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20064
20065 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20066 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20067
20068 \(fn)" nil t)
20069
20070 ;;;***
20071 \f
20072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20073 ;;;;;; 0))
20074 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20075
20076 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20077 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20078
20079 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20080
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 37672
20084 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20086
20087 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20088 The release version of org-mode.
20089 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20090
20091 \(fn)" nil nil)
20092
20093 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20094 The Git version of org-mode.
20095 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20096
20097 \(fn)" nil nil)
20098
20099 ;;;***
20100 \f
20101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20102 ;;;;;; 0))
20103 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20104 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20105 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20106
20107 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20108 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20109 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20110 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20111
20112 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20113 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20114 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20115 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20116
20117 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20118 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20119 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20120 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20121 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20122 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20123
20124 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20125 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20126 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20127
20128 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20129 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20130 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20131 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20132 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20133 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20134 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20135 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20136 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20137 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20138 The subheadings remain visible.
20139 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20140
20141 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20142 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20143 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20144
20145 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20146 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20147
20148 \(fn)" t nil)
20149
20150 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20151 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20155
20156 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20157
20158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20159 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20160
20161 ;;;***
20162 \f
20163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21547 54441
20164 ;;;;;; 168831 0))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20166 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20167
20168 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20169 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20170 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20171 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20172 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20173
20174 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20175 activate the package system at any time.")
20176
20177 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20178
20179 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20180 Install the package PKG.
20181 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20182 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20183
20184 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20185
20186 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20187 Install a package from the current buffer.
20188 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20189 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20190 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20191
20192 \(fn)" t nil)
20193
20194 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20195 Install a package from a file.
20196 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20197
20198 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20199
20200 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20201 Import keys from FILE.
20202
20203 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20206 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20207 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20208 makes them available for download.
20209
20210 \(fn)" t nil)
20211
20212 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20213 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20214 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20215 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20216
20217 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20218
20219 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20220 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20221
20222 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20225 Display a list of packages.
20226 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20227 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20228 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20229
20230 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20231
20232 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20233
20234 ;;;***
20235 \f
20236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20237 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20238
20239 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20240 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20241 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20243 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20244 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20245
20246 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20247
20248 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20249 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20253
20254 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20255 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20256 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20257
20258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20259
20260 ;;;***
20261 \f
20262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21541
20263 ;;;;;; 15655 55679 0))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20265 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20266
20267 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20268 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20269 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20270 unknown are returned as nil.
20271
20272 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20273
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21429 11690
20277 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20279
20280 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20281 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20282 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20283
20284 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20285 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20286
20287 Other useful functions are:
20288
20289 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20290 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20291 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20292 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20293 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20294 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20295 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20296 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20297 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20298
20299 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20300
20301 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20302 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20303 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20304 Indentation for case statements.
20305 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20306 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20307 mark after an end.
20308 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20309 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20310 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20311 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20312 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20313 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20314 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20315 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20316 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20317 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20318
20319 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20320 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20321
20322 \(fn)" t nil)
20323
20324 ;;;***
20325 \f
20326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20327 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20328 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20329
20330 (defvar password-cache t "\
20331 Whether to cache passwords.")
20332
20333 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20334
20335 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20336 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20337 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20338
20339 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20340
20341 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20342 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20343
20344 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20345
20346 ;;;***
20347 \f
20348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21542 36519
20349 ;;;;;; 256429 0))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20351
20352 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20353 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20354 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20355
20356 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20357 _ matches anything.
20358 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20359 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20360 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20361 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20362 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20363 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20364 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20365 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20366 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20367 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20368 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20369 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20370
20371 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20372 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20373 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20374 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20375 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20376 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20377 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20378
20379 FUN can take the form
20380 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20381 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20382 which is the value being matched.
20383 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20384 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20385 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20386 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20387 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20388 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20389 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20390
20391 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20392
20393 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20394
20395 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20396 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20397
20398 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20399
20400 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20401
20402 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20403 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20404 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20405 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20406
20407 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20408
20409 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20410
20411 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20412 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20413 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20414 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20415
20416 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20417
20418 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20419
20420 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20421 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20422
20423 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20424
20425 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20426
20427 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20428
20429 ;;;***
20430 \f
20431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20432 ;;;;;; 0))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20436 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20437
20438 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439
20440 ;;;***
20441 \f
20442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20443 ;;;;;; 0))
20444 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20445
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20447 Completion for `gzip'.
20448
20449 \(fn)" nil nil)
20450
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20452 Completion for `bzip2'.
20453
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20455
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20457 Completion for GNU `make'.
20458
20459 \(fn)" nil nil)
20460
20461 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20462 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20463
20464 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465
20466 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20467
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20471 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20475 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20476
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20480 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20481
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20485 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20486
20487 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488
20489 ;;;***
20490 \f
20491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20492 ;;;;;; 0))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20494
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20496 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20497
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20499
20500 ;;;***
20501 \f
20502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20503 ;;;;;; 0))
20504 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20507 Completion for `cd'.
20508
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20510
20511 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20512
20513 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20514 Completion for `rmdir'.
20515
20516 \(fn)" nil nil)
20517
20518 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20519 Completion for `rm'.
20520
20521 \(fn)" nil nil)
20522
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20524 Completion for `xargs'.
20525
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527
20528 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20529
20530 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20531 Completion for `which'.
20532
20533 \(fn)" nil nil)
20534
20535 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20536 Completion for the `chown' command.
20537
20538 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20541 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20542
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20544
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20546 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20547
20548 \(fn)" nil nil)
20549
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20551 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20552 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20553
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555
20556 ;;;***
20557 \f
20558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20559 ;;;;;; 0))
20560 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20561
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20563 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20564
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20568 Completion for the `ack' command.
20569 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20570 long options.
20571
20572 \(fn)" nil nil)
20573
20574 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20575
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20577 Completion for the `ag' command.
20578
20579 \(fn)" nil nil)
20580
20581 ;;;***
20582 \f
20583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20584 ;;;;;; 0))
20585 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20588 Support extensible programmable completion.
20589 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20590 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20591
20592 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20593
20594 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20595 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20596
20597 \(fn)" t nil)
20598
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20600 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20601 This will modify the current buffer.
20602
20603 \(fn)" t nil)
20604
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20606 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20607
20608 \(fn)" t nil)
20609
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20611 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20612 This will modify the current buffer.
20613
20614 \(fn)" t nil)
20615
20616 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20617 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20618
20619 \(fn)" t nil)
20620
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20622 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20623
20624 \(fn)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20627 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20628 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20629 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20630 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20631
20632 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20633
20634 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20635 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20636
20637 \(fn)" nil nil)
20638
20639 ;;;***
20640 \f
20641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20643
20644 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20645 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20646 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20647 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20648
20649 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20650
20651 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20654 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20655 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20656 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20657 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20658 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20659 FLAGS is ignored.
20660
20661 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20662
20663 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20664 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20665 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20666 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20667 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20668 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20669 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20670 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20671
20672 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20673
20674 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20675 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20676 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20677 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20678 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20679 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20680 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20681 passed to cvs.
20682
20683 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20684
20685 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20686 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20687 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20688 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20689 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20690 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20691 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20692
20693 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20694
20695 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20696 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20697 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20698
20699 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20700
20701 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20702 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20703 A value of nil means never do it.
20704 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20705 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20706 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20707
20708 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20709
20710 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20711 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20712 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20713
20714 ;;;***
20715 \f
20716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20717 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20718 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20719
20720 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20721 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20722
20723 ;;;***
20724 \f
20725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21535
20726 ;;;;;; 63274 647253 0))
20727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20728 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20729 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20730 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20731 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20732 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20733 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20734
20735 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20736 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20737 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20738 Tab indents for Perl code.
20739 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20740 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20741 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20742 \\{perl-mode-map}
20743 Variables controlling indentation style:
20744 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20745 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20746 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20747 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20748 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20749 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20750 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20751 `perl-nochange'
20752 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20753 `perl-indent-level'
20754 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20755 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20756 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20757 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20758 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20759 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20760 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20761 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20762 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20763 `perl-brace-offset'
20764 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20765 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20766 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20767 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20768 `perl-label-offset'
20769 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20770 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20771 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20772
20773 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20774 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20775 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20776 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20777 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20778 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20779 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20780
20781 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20782
20783 \(fn)" t nil)
20784
20785 ;;;***
20786 \f
20787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 62246
20788 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20790
20791 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20792 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20793 \\<picture-mode-map>
20794 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20795 afterwards settable by these commands:
20796
20797 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20798 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20799 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20800 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20801
20802 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20803 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20804 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20805 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20806
20807 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20808 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20809 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20810 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20811
20812 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20813 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20814 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20815 with these commands:
20816
20817 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20818 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20819 Move to column following last
20820 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20821 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20822 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20823 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20824 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20825 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20826
20827 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20828
20829 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20830 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20831 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20832 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20833 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20834 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20835
20836 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20837 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20838 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20839 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20840 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20841 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20842 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20843
20844 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20845 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20846 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20847 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20848 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20849 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20850 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20851 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20852
20853 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20854 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20855 by supplying an argument.
20856
20857 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20858
20859 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20860 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20861
20862 \(fn)" t nil)
20863
20864 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20865
20866 ;;;***
20867 \f
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20869 ;;;;;; 0))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20871
20872 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20873 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20874
20875 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20878 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20879
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20881
20882 ;;;***
20883 \f
20884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20885 ;;;;;; 0))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20887
20888 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20889 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20890 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20891
20892 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20893
20894 ;;;***
20895 \f
20896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20898
20899 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20900 Play pong and waste time.
20901 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20902 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20903
20904 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20905
20906 \\{pong-mode-map}
20907
20908 \(fn)" t nil)
20909
20910 ;;;***
20911 \f
20912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20914
20915 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20916 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20917 Use streaming commands.
20918
20919 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20920
20921 ;;;***
20922 \f
20923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21429 11690 49391
20924 ;;;;;; 0))
20925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20926
20927 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20928 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20929 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20930 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20931
20932 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20933
20934 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20935 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20936
20937 \(fn)" nil nil)
20938
20939 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20940 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20941 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20942 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20943 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20944
20945 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20946
20947 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20948 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20949 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20950
20951 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20952
20953 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20954 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20955
20956 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20959 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20960 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20961 Ignores leading comment characters.
20962
20963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20964
20965 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20966 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20967 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20968 Ignores leading comment characters.
20969
20970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20971
20972 ;;;***
20973 \f
20974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21546 33576 601815
20975 ;;;;;; 0))
20976 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20977 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20978
20979 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20980 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20981
20982 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20983
20984 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20985
20986 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20987
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20989 Preview directory using ghostview.
20990
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20992 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20993 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20994 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20995
20996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20997 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20998 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20999 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21000 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21001 file name.
21002
21003 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21004
21005 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006
21007 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21008 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21009
21010 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21011 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21012 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21013 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21014
21015 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21016 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21017 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21018 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21019 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21020 file name.
21021
21022 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21023
21024 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21025
21026 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21027 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21028
21029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21030 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21031 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21032 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21033
21034 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21035 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21036 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21037 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21038 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21039 file name.
21040
21041 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21042
21043 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21046 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21047
21048 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21049
21050 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21051 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21052 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21053 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21054
21055 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21056 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21057 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21058 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21059 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21060 file name.
21061
21062 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21063
21064 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21065
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21067 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21068
21069 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21070 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21071 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21072
21073 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21074 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21075 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21076 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21077
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21081 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21082
21083 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21084 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21085 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21086
21087 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21088 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21089 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21090 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21091
21092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21095 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21096
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21098 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21099 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21100
21101 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21102 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21103 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21104 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21105
21106 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107
21108 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21109 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21110
21111 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21112
21113 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21114 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21115 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21116
21117 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21118 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21119 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21120 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21121
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21125 Preview region using ghostview.
21126
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21128
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21130
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21132 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21133
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21135
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21139 Print region using PostScript printer.
21140
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21142
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21146 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21147
21148 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21149
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21151
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21153 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21154
21155 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21156
21157 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158
21159 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21160 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21161
21162 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21163
21164 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21165
21166 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21167 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21168
21169 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21170
21171 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21174 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21175
21176 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21177
21178 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21179
21180 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21181 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21182 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21183 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21184
21185 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21186 matching.
21187
21188 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21189 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21190
21191 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21192
21193 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21194
21195 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21196 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21197 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21198 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21199
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21203 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21204 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21205 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21206
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21210 Print directory using text printer.
21211
21212 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21213 matching.
21214
21215 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21216 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21217
21218 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21219
21220 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21221
21222 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21223 Print buffer using text printer.
21224
21225 \(fn)" t nil)
21226
21227 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21228 Print region using text printer.
21229
21230 \(fn)" t nil)
21231
21232 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21233 Print major mode using text printer.
21234
21235 \(fn)" t nil)
21236
21237 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21238 Preview spooled PostScript.
21239
21240 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21241 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21242 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21243
21244 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21245 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21246 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21247
21248 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21249
21250 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21251 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21252
21253 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21254 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21255 instead of sending it to the printer.
21256
21257 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21258 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21259 image in a file with that name.
21260
21261 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21262
21263 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21264 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21265
21266 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21267 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21268 instead of sending it to the printer.
21269
21270 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21271 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21272 image in a file with that name.
21273
21274 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21278
21279 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21280 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21281 instead of sending it to the printer.
21282
21283 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21284 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21285 image in a file with that name.
21286
21287 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21290 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21291
21292 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21295 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21296
21297 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21300 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21301
21302 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21305 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21306
21307 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21310 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21311
21312 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21315 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21316
21317 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21318 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21319 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21320 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21321
21322 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21323 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21324 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21325 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21326 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21327 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21328 file name.
21329
21330 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21333 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21338 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21339
21340 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21341 right.
21342 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21343 bottom.
21344
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21348 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21349
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21353 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21358 Toggle printing with faces.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21363 Toggle spooling.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21368 Toggle duplex.
21369
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21373 Toggle tumble.
21374
21375 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21376 right.
21377 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21378 bottom.
21379
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21383 Toggle landscape.
21384
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21388 Toggle upside-down.
21389
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21391
21392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21393 Toggle line number.
21394
21395 \(fn)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21398 Toggle zebra stripes.
21399
21400 \(fn)" t nil)
21401
21402 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21403 Toggle printing header.
21404
21405 \(fn)" t nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21408 Toggle printing header frame.
21409
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21413 Toggle menu lock.
21414
21415 \(fn)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21418 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21423 Toggle auto mode.
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21428 Customization of the `printing' group.
21429
21430 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21433 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21434
21435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21438 Help for the printing package.
21439
21440 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21443 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21444
21445 \(fn)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21448 Interactively select a text printer.
21449
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21451
21452 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21453 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21454
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21456
21457 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21458 Show current ps-print settings.
21459
21460 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21461
21462 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21463 Show current printing settings.
21464
21465 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21468 Show current lpr settings.
21469
21470 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21473 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21474
21475 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21476 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21477 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21478 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21479
21480
21481 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21482
21483 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21484 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21485 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21486
21487 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21488 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21489 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21490 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21491 current active printer.
21492
21493 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21494 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21495 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21496 printer.
21497
21498 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21499 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21500 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21501 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21502 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21503
21504
21505 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21506 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21507
21508 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21509
21510 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21511 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21512 be done using the new current active printer.
21513
21514 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21515 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21516 printer.
21517
21518 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21519 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21520 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21521 instead of sending it to the printer.
21522
21523 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21524 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21525 printer.
21526
21527 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21528
21529
21530 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21531 are both set to t.
21532
21533 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21536 Fast fire function for text printing.
21537
21538 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21539 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21540 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21541 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21542
21543 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21544 user for a new active text printer.
21545
21546 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21547
21548 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21549
21550 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21551 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21552 printer.
21553
21554 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21555
21556 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21557 are both set to t.
21558
21559 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21560
21561 ;;;***
21562 \f
21563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21564 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21565
21566 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21567 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21568 \\<proced-mode-map>
21569 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21570 the process information.
21571
21572 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21573
21574 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21575 Proced buffers.
21576
21577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21578
21579 ;;;***
21580 \f
21581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21582 ;;;;;; 0))
21583 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21584
21585 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21586 Start/restart profilers.
21587 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21588 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21589 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21590
21591 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21592
21593 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21594 Open profile FILENAME.
21595
21596 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21597
21598 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21599 Open profile FILENAME.
21600
21601 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21602
21603 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21604 Open profile FILENAME.
21605
21606 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21607
21608 ;;;***
21609 \f
21610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21462 9001
21611 ;;;;;; 456449 0))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21613
21614 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21615 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21616
21617 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21618 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21619
21620 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21621
21622 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21623 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21624
21625 Commands:
21626 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21627
21628 \(fn)" t nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21631 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21632 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21633
21634 \(fn)" t nil)
21635
21636 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21637 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21638 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21639
21640 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21641
21642 ;;;***
21643 \f
21644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21646
21647 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21648 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21649 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21650
21651 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21652
21653 ;;;***
21654 \f
21655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21342 10917
21656 ;;;;;; 902592 0))
21657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21658 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21659
21660 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21661 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21662
21663 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21664
21665 The following variables hold user options, and can
21666 be set through the `customize' command:
21667
21668 `ps-mode-tab'
21669 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21670 `ps-mode-print-function'
21671 `ps-run-prompt'
21672 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21673 `ps-run-x'
21674 `ps-run-dumb'
21675 `ps-run-init'
21676 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21677 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21678
21679 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21680
21681
21682 \\{ps-mode-map}
21683
21684
21685 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21686 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21687 The keymap for this second window is:
21688
21689 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21690
21691
21692 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21693 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21694 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21695 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21696 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21697
21698 \(fn)" t nil)
21699
21700 ;;;***
21701 \f
21702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21360 40869 887231
21703 ;;;;;; 0))
21704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21705 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21706
21707 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21708 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21709 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21710
21711 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21712
21713 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21714 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21715 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21716 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21717
21718 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21719
21720 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21721 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21722
21723 Valid values are:
21724
21725 nil Do not print colors.
21726
21727 t Print colors.
21728
21729 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21730 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21731
21732 Any other value is treated as t.")
21733
21734 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21735
21736 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21737 Customization of ps-print group.
21738
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21743
21744 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21745 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21746 sending it to the printer.
21747
21748 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21749 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21750 image in a file with that name.
21751
21752 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21755 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21756 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21757 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21758 so it has a way to determine color values.
21759
21760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21763 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21764 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21765
21766 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21770 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21771 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21772 so it has a way to determine color values.
21773
21774 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21775
21776 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21777 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21778 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21779 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21780
21781 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21782
21783 \(fn)" t nil)
21784
21785 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21786 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21787 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21788 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21789 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21790
21791 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21792
21793 \(fn)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21796 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21797 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21798
21799 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21800
21801 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21805 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21806 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21807 so it has a way to determine color values.
21808
21809 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21810
21811 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21814 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21815
21816 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21817 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21818 instead of sending it to the printer.
21819
21820 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21821 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21822 image in a file with that name.
21823
21824 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21825
21826 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21827 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21828 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21829 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21830 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21831
21832 \(fn)" t nil)
21833
21834 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21835 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21836 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21837
21838 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21839
21840 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21841 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21842 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21843
21844 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21847 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21848
21849 \(fn)" nil nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21852 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21853
21854 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21855 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21856
21857 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21858 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21859
21860 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21861
21862 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21863
21864 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21867 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21868
21869 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21870 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21871
21872 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21873 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21874
21875 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21876
21877 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21878
21879 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21880
21881 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21882 foreground and background colors respectively.
21883
21884 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21885 bold - use bold font.
21886 italic - use italic font.
21887 underline - put a line under text.
21888 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21889 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21890 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21891 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21892 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21893
21894 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21895
21896 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21897
21898 ;;;***
21899 \f
21900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21901 ;;;;;; 0))
21902 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21903 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21904
21905 ;;;***
21906 \f
21907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21547 54441
21908 ;;;;;; 168831 0))
21909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21910 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21911
21912 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21913
21914 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21915
21916 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21917 Run an inferior Python process.
21918 Input and output via buffer named after
21919 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21920 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21921
21922 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21923 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21924 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21925 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21926
21927 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21928 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21929 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21930
21931 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21932
21933 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21934 Major mode for editing Python files.
21935
21936 \\{python-mode-map}
21937
21938 \(fn)" t nil)
21939
21940 ;;;***
21941 \f
21942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21944
21945 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21946 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21947 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21948 coding-system.
21949
21950 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21951 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21952
21953 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21954 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21955 them into characters should be done separately.
21956
21957 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21958
21959 ;;;***
21960 \f
21961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21962 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21964
21965 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21966 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21967
21968 \(fn)" nil nil)
21969
21970 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21971 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21972 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21973
21974 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21975 `quail-activate', which see.
21976
21977 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21978
21979 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21980 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21981 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21982 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21983 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21984 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21985 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21986
21987 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21988 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21989 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21990 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21991 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21992 shown.
21993 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21994
21995 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21996 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21997 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21998 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21999 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22000 list of candidates.
22001
22002 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22003 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22004 command to be called.
22005
22006 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22007 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22008 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22009 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22010
22011 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22012 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22013 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22014 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22015 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22016 to t.
22017
22018 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22019 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22020 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22021 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22022
22023 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22024 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22025 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22026 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22027 defines no translations for single character keys.
22028
22029 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22030 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22031 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22032 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22033 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22034 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22035
22036 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22037 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22038 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22039 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22040 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22041 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22042
22043 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22044 covers Quail translation region.
22045
22046 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22047 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22048 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22049 for it) is inserted.
22050
22051 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22052 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22053 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22054
22055 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22056 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22057 non-Quail commands.
22058
22059 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22060
22061 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22062 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22063
22064 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22065 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22066 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22067 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22068 you type is correctly handled.
22069
22070 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22071
22072 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22073 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22074
22075 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22076 keyboard type.
22077
22078 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22079
22080 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22081 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22082 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22083 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22084 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22085 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22086 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22087 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22088 for the translation.
22089 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22090
22091 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22092 it is used to handle KEY.
22093
22094 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22095 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22096 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22097 the following annotation types are supported.
22098
22099 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22100 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22101
22102 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22103 candidate list.
22104
22105 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22106 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22107 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22108 inserted.
22109
22110 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22111 generated for the following translations.
22112
22113 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22114
22115 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22116 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22117
22118 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22119 which to install MAP.
22120
22121 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22122
22123 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22124
22125 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22126 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22127
22128 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22129 which to install MAP.
22130
22131 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22132
22133 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22134
22135 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22136 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22137 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22138 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22139 a function, or a cons.
22140 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22141 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22142 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22143 for the translation.
22144 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22145 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22146 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22147 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22148 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22149
22150 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22151 it is used to handle KEY.
22152
22153 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22154 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22155 current Quail package.
22156
22157 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22158 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22159
22160 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22161
22162 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22163 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22164
22165 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22166 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22167
22168 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22169
22170 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22171 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22172
22173 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22174
22175 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22176 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22177 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22178 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22179 of the Emacs source tree.
22180
22181 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22182 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22183
22184 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22185 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22186 of each directory.
22187
22188 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22189
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22193 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22195
22196 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22197 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22198 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22199 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22200
22201 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22202
22203 ;;;***
22204 \f
22205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22206 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22208
22209 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22210 Activate UCS input method.
22211 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22212
22213 While this input method is active, the variable
22214 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22215
22216 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22217
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22221 ;;;;;; 0))
22222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22223
22224 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22225 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22226 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22227 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22228
22229 To make use of this do something like:
22230
22231 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22232
22233 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22234
22235 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22236 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22237
22238 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22239 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22240 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22241
22242 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22243
22244 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22245 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22246
22247 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22250 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22251
22252 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22253 is decided.
22254
22255 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22256
22257 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22258 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22259
22260 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22261 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22262 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22263
22264 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22265
22266 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22267 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22268
22269 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22270
22271 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22272 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22273
22274 \(fn)" t nil)
22275
22276 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22277 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22278
22279 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22280
22281 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22282
22283 \(fn)" t nil)
22284
22285 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22286 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22287
22288 \(fn)" t nil)
22289
22290 ;;;***
22291 \f
22292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21546 33576 601815
22293 ;;;;;; 0))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22295
22296 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22297 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22298
22299 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22300
22301 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22302
22303 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22304
22305 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22306
22307 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22308
22309
22310 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22311
22312 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22313 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22314 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22317 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22318
22319 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22322 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22324 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22325 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22326
22327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22328
22329 ;;;***
22330 \f
22331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22332 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22334
22335 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22336
22337 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22338 Construct a regexp interactively.
22339 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22340 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22341 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22342
22343 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22344 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22345
22346 \(fn)" t nil)
22347
22348 ;;;***
22349 \f
22350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22351 ;;;;;; 0))
22352 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22353
22354 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22355 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22356 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22358 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22359 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22360
22361 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22362
22363 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22364 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22365 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22366 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22367 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22368
22369 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22370 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22371 were operated on recently.
22372
22373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22374
22375 ;;;***
22376 \f
22377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
22378 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22379
22380 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22381 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22382 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22383 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22384 ends.
22385
22386 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22387 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22388 to be deleted.
22389
22390 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22391
22392 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22393 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22394 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22395
22396 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22398 deleted.
22399
22400 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22401
22402 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22404 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22405
22406 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22407
22408 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22409 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22410
22411 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22412 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22413
22414 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22415 deleted.
22416
22417 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22418 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22419 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22420 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22421 even beep.)
22422
22423 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22424
22425 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22426 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22427
22428 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22431 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22432
22433 \(fn)" t nil)
22434
22435 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22437 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22438 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22439 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22440 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22441 and point is at the lower right corner.
22442
22443 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22444
22445 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22447
22448 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22449 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22450
22451 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22452 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22453 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22454
22455 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22456
22457 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22458
22459 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22460 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22461 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22462 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22463 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22464
22465 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22466 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22467
22468 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22469
22470 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22471 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22472 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22473
22474 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22475
22476 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22477
22478 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22479
22480 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22481 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22482
22483 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22484 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22485 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22486
22487 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22488
22489 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22490 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22491 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22492
22493 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22494 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22495 rectangle which were empty.
22496
22497 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22498
22499 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22500 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22501
22502 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22503 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22504 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22505 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22506
22507 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22510 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22511 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22512
22513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22514
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22518 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22520
22521 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22522 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22524 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22526
22527 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22528 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22529 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22530 auto-filling.
22531
22532 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22533
22534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22535
22536 ;;;***
22537 \f
22538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21534 42729
22539 ;;;;;; 1557 881000))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22541 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22542 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22543 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22544 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22545
22546 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22547 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22548
22549 \(fn)" nil nil)
22550
22551 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22552 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22553
22554 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22555 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22556
22557 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22558 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22559 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22560 \\ref macro.
22561
22562 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22563 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22564 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22565
22566 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22567 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22568 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22569
22570 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22571 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22572
22573 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22574 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22575
22576 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22577 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22578 on the menu bar.
22579
22580 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22581
22582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22583
22584 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22585 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22586 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22587
22588 \(fn)" nil nil)
22589
22590 ;;;***
22591 \f
22592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22593 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22595 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22596 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22597 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22598 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22599
22600 ;;;***
22601 \f
22602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21376
22603 ;;;;;; 29092 815151 0))
22604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22605
22606 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22607 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22608 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22609 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22610 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22611 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22612
22613 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22614 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22615
22616 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22617 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22618 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22619 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22620
22621 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22622
22623 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22624 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22625 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22626 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22627
22628 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22629
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22633 ;;;;;; 0))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22635 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22636
22637 ;;;***
22638 \f
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22640 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22642 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22643
22644 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22645 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22646 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22647 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22648
22649 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22650
22651 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22652
22653 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22654 Call `remember' in another frame.
22655
22656 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22657
22658 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22659 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22660 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22661
22662 \(fn)" t nil)
22663
22664 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22665 Extract diary entries from the region.
22666
22667 \(fn)" nil nil)
22668
22669 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22670 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22671 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22672 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22673
22674 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22675
22676 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22677 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22678 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22679 minor mode.
22680
22681 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22682
22683 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22684 Return the buffer.
22685
22686 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22687 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22688 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22689
22690 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22691
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22696 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22697
22698 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22699 Repeat most recently executed command.
22700 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22701 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22702 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22703
22704 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22705 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22706 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22707 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22708
22709 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22710 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22711 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22712
22713 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22714
22715 ;;;***
22716 \f
22717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22718 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22719 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22720
22721 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22722 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22723
22724 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22725 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22726 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22727 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22728 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22729 and point is left after the salutation.
22730
22731 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22732 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22733 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22734 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22735 left after that text.
22736
22737 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22738 is non-nil.
22739
22740 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22741 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22742 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22743 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22744
22745 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22750 ;;;;;; 0))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22752
22753 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22754 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22755 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22756 visibility of comments that precede it.
22757 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22758 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22759 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22760 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22761 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22762 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22763 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22764 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22765 the comment lines.
22766 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22767 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22768 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22769 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22770 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22771
22772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22773
22774 ;;;***
22775 \f
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
22777 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22778
22779 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22780 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22781 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22782 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22783 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22784
22785 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22786 reveals invisible text around point.
22787
22788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22789
22790 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22791 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22792 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22795 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22796
22797 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22798
22799 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22800 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22801 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22802
22803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22806
22807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22808
22809 ;;;***
22810 \f
22811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22812 ;;;;;; 0))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22814
22815 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22816 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22817
22818 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22819
22820 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22821 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22822
22823 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22824
22825 ;;;***
22826 \f
22827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22828 ;;;;;; 0))
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22830
22831 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22832 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22833 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22834 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22835
22836 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22837
22838 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22839 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22840 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22841 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22842
22843 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22844 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22845
22846 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22847 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22848
22849 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22850 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22851 INPUT-ARGS.
22852
22853 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22854 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22855 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22856 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22857 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22858
22859 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22860 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22861 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22862 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22863
22864 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22865 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22866 variable.
22867
22868 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22869
22870 ;;;***
22871 \f
22872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
22873 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22875 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22876
22877 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22878 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22879 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22880 case it writes Babyl.
22881
22882 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22883 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22884 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22885 `rmail-default-file'.
22886
22887 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22888 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22889 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22890
22891 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22892 the header display is currently pruned.
22893
22894 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
22895 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
22896 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
22897 messages after output.
22898
22899 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
22900 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
22901 message (if writing a file directly).
22902
22903 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
22904 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
22905
22906 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22907
22908 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
22909 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
22910 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
22911 i) the header is output as currently seen
22912 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
22913 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
22914
22915 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
22916 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
22917 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
22918
22919 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22920
22921 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
22922 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22923 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
22924 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
22925 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
22926 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22927 `rmail-default-body-file'.
22928
22929 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
22930 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
22931 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
22932
22933 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22934
22935 ;;;***
22936 \f
22937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
22938 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
22940
22941 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
22942 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
22943 Return a pattern.
22944
22945 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
22946
22947 ;;;***
22948 \f
22949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
22950 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
22951 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
22952
22953 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
22954 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
22955 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
22956 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
22957
22958 \(fn)" t nil)
22959
22960 ;;;***
22961 \f
22962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
22963 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
22965
22966 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
22967 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
22968
22969 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
22970 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
22971 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
22972 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
22973 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
22974 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
22975 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
22976 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
22977 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
22978 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
22979
22980 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
22981 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
22982 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
22983 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
22984 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
22985 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
22986 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
22987 to use for finding the schema.
22988
22989 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
22990
22991 ;;;***
22992 \f
22993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
22994 ;;;;;; 0))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
22996
22997 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
22998
22999 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23000 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23001 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23002 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23003 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23004 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23005 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23006 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23007 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23008 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23009 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23010 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23011 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23012 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23013 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23014 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23015 must be equal.
23016
23017 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23018
23019 ;;;***
23020 \f
23021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23022 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23024
23025 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23026 Define a robin package.
23027
23028 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23029 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23030 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23031 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23032
23033 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23034 one replaces the old one.
23035
23036 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23037
23038 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23039 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23040
23041 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23042 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23043 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23044
23045 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23046
23047 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23048 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23049
23050 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23051
23052 ;;;***
23053 \f
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23055 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23056
23057 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23058 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23059
23060 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23061
23062 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23063 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23064
23065 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23066
23067 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23068 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23069
23070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23071
23072 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23073 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23074 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23075
23076 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23077 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23078 in ROT13.
23079
23080 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23081
23082 \(fn)" t nil)
23083
23084 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23085 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23086
23087 \(fn)" t nil)
23088
23089 ;;;***
23090 \f
23091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21415 65191 692645
23092 ;;;;;; 0))
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23094 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23095
23096 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23097 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23098 \\<rst-mode-map>
23099
23100 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23101 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23102 highlighting.
23103
23104 \\{rst-mode-map}
23105
23106 \(fn)" t nil)
23107
23108 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23109 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23111 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23112 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23113
23114 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23115 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23116 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23117
23118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23119
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21437
23123 ;;;;;; 5802 125919 0))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23125 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23126
23127 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23128 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23129
23130 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23131
23132 \(fn)" t nil)
23133
23134 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23135
23136 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23137
23138 ;;;***
23139 \f
23140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 62246 751914
23141 ;;;;;; 0))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23143 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23144
23145 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23146 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23147 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23148
23149 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23150 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23152 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23153 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23154
23155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23156
23157 ;;;***
23158 \f
23159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23160 ;;;;;; 0))
23161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23162
23163 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23164 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23165 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23166 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23167
23168 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23169
23170 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23171 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23172 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23173
23174 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23175 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23176 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23177
23178 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23179 notation.
23180
23181 STRING
23182 matches string STRING literally.
23183
23184 CHAR
23185 matches character CHAR literally.
23186
23187 `not-newline', `nonl'
23188 matches any character except a newline.
23189
23190 `anything'
23191 matches any character
23192
23193 `(any SET ...)'
23194 `(in SET ...)'
23195 `(char SET ...)'
23196 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23197 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23198 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23199
23200 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23201 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23202 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23203 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23204
23205 `(not (any SET ...))'
23206 matches any character not in SET ...
23207
23208 `line-start', `bol'
23209 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23210 in the text being matched
23211
23212 `line-end', `eol'
23213 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23214
23215 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23216 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23217 string being matched against.
23218
23219 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23220 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23221 string being matched against.
23222
23223 `buffer-start'
23224 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23225 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23226
23227 `buffer-end'
23228 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23229 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23230
23231 `point'
23232 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23233
23234 `word-start', `bow'
23235 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23236
23237 `word-end', `eow'
23238 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23239
23240 `word-boundary'
23241 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23242 word.
23243
23244 `(not word-boundary)'
23245 `not-word-boundary'
23246 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23247 word.
23248
23249 `symbol-start'
23250 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23251
23252 `symbol-end'
23253 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23254
23255 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23256 matches 0 through 9.
23257
23258 `control', `cntrl'
23259 matches ASCII control characters.
23260
23261 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23262 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23263
23264 `blank'
23265 matches space and tab only.
23266
23267 `graphic', `graph'
23268 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23269 space, and DEL.
23270
23271 `printing', `print'
23272 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23273 and DEL.
23274
23275 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23276 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23277 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23278
23279 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23280 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23281 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23282
23283 `ascii'
23284 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23285
23286 `nonascii'
23287 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23288
23289 `lower', `lower-case'
23290 matches anything lower-case.
23291
23292 `upper', `upper-case'
23293 matches anything upper-case.
23294
23295 `punctuation', `punct'
23296 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23297 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23298
23299 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23300 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23301
23302 `word', `wordchar'
23303 matches anything that has word syntax.
23304
23305 `not-wordchar'
23306 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23307
23308 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23309 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23310 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23311 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23312
23313 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23314 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23315 `word' (\\sw)
23316 `symbol' (\\s_)
23317 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23318 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23319 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23320 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23321 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23322 `escape' (\\s\\)
23323 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23324 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23325 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23326 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23327 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23328
23329 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23330 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23331
23332 `(category CATEGORY)'
23333 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23334 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23335
23336 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23337 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23338 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23339 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23340 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23341 `symbol' (\\c5)
23342 `digit' (\\c6)
23343 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23344 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23345 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23346 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23347 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23348 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23349 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23350 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23351 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23352 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23353 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23354 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23355 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23356 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23357 `ascii' (\\ca)
23358 `arabic' (\\cb)
23359 `chinese' (\\cc)
23360 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23361 `greek' (\\cg)
23362 `korean' (\\ch)
23363 `indian' (\\ci)
23364 `japanese' (\\cj)
23365 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23366 `latin' (\\cl)
23367 `lao' (\\co)
23368 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23369 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23370 `thai' (\\ct)
23371 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23372 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23373 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23374 `can-break' (\\c|)
23375
23376 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23377 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23378
23379 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23380 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23381 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23382 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23383 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23384
23385 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23386 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23387 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23388 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23389
23390 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23391 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23392 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23393 group number N.
23394
23395 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23396 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23397 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23398 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23399 regular expression.
23400
23401 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23402 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23403 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23404 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23405 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23406
23407 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23408 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23409
23410 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23411 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23412
23413 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23414 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23415 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23416
23417 `(* SEXP ...)'
23418 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23419 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23420
23421 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23422 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23423 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23424
23425 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23426 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23427 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23428
23429 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23430 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23431
23432 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23433 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23434
23435 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23436 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23437 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23438 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23439
23440 `(? SEXP ...)'
23441 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23442
23443 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23444 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23445
23446 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23447 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23448 matches N occurrences.
23449
23450 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23451 matches N or more occurrences.
23452
23453 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23454 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23455 matches N to M occurrences.
23456
23457 `(backref N)'
23458 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23459
23460 `(eval FORM)'
23461 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23462 `regexp-quote' it.
23463
23464 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23465 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23466
23467 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23468
23469 ;;;***
23470 \f
23471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23472 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23474 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23475
23476 ;;;***
23477 \f
23478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23479 ;;;;;; 0))
23480 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23481 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23482
23483 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23484 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23485 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23488 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23489
23490 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23491
23492 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23493 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23495 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23496 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23497
23498 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23499 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23500 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23501 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23502
23503 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23504 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23505 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23506
23507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23508
23509 ;;;***
23510 \f
23511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21379 5287
23512 ;;;;;; 607434 0))
23513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23514
23515 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23516 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23517 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23518
23519 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23520 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23521 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23522 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23523 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23524 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23525 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23526 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23527
23528 Commands:
23529 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23530 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23531 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23532
23533 \(fn)" t nil)
23534
23535 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23536 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23537 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23538
23539 Commands:
23540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23541 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23542 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23543 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23544 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23545 that variable's value is a string.
23546
23547 \(fn)" t nil)
23548
23549 ;;;***
23550 \f
23551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23552 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23554
23555 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23556 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23557 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23558
23559 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23560
23561 \(fn)" t nil)
23562
23563 ;;;***
23564 \f
23565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21388 20265 495157
23566 ;;;;;; 0))
23567 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23568
23569 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23570 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23571 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23574 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23575
23576 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23577
23578 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23579 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23581 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23582 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23583
23584 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23585 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23586
23587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23588
23589 ;;;***
23590 \f
23591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23592 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23594
23595 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23596 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23598 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23599 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23600 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23601 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23602 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23603
23604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23605
23606 ;;;***
23607 \f
23608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23609 ;;;;;; 0))
23610 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23611 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23612 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23613
23614 ;;;***
23615 \f
23616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23617 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23619 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23620
23621 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23622 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23623 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23624
23625 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23626 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23627 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23628 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23629 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23630 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23631 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23632 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23633 keybinding for tag names.
23634 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23635 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23636 of the symbol under point.
23637 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23638 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23639 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23640 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23641 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23642 syntax tokens.
23643 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23644
23645 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23646
23647 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23648 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23649 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23651 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23652 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23653
23654 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23655
23656 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23657 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23659 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23660 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23661
23662 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23663 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23664 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23665 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23666 Semantic mode.
23667
23668 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23669
23670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23671
23672 ;;;***
23673 \f
23674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23675 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23676 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23677
23678 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23679 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23680
23681 \(fn)" t nil)
23682
23683 ;;;***
23684 \f
23685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23686 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23688
23689 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23690 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23691
23692 \(fn)" t nil)
23693
23694 ;;;***
23695 \f
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23697 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23699
23700 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23701 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23702
23703 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23704 king@grassland.com
23705 If `parens', they look like:
23706 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23707 If `angles', they look like:
23708 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23709
23710 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23711 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23712
23713 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23714
23715 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23716 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23717 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23718 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23719
23720 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23721 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23722 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23723 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23724
23725 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23726
23727 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23728 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23729 This is done when the message is initialized,
23730 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23731
23732 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23733
23734 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23735 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23736 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23737
23738 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23739
23740 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23741 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23742 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23743 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23744 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23745 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23746 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23747
23748 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23749
23750 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23751 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23752
23753 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23754
23755 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23756 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23757 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23758 be a Babyl file.")
23759
23760 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23761
23762 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23763 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23764 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23765 when you first send mail.")
23766
23767 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23768
23769 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23770 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23771 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23772 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23773 This file need not actually exist.")
23774
23775 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23776
23777 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23778 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23779
23780 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23781
23782 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23783 Alist of mail address aliases,
23784 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23785 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23786 can specify a different file name.)
23787 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23788 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23789
23790 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23791 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23792 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23793
23794 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23795
23796 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23797 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23798 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23799
23800 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23801
23802 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23803 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23804 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23805 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23806 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23807 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23808 in the cited portion of the message.
23809
23810 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23811 instead of no action.")
23812
23813 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23814
23815 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23816 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23817 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23818 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23819 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23820
23821 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23822
23823 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23824 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23825 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23826 If a string, that string is inserted.
23827 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23828 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23829 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23830 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23831
23832 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23833
23834 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23835 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23836
23837 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23838
23839 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23840 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23841 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23842
23843 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23844 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23845
23846 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23847
23848 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23849 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23850 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23851 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23852
23853 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23854
23855 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23856 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23857 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
23858
23859 \(fn)" nil nil)
23860
23861 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
23862
23863 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
23864
23865
23866 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
23867
23868 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23869 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23870 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23871
23872 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23873 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23874
23875 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23876 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23877 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23878 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23879 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23880 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23881 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23882 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23883 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23884 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23885 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
23886 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
23887 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23888 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23889
23890 \(fn)" t nil)
23891
23892 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23893 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23894 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23895 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23896
23897 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23898
23899 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23900 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23901 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23902 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23903 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23904 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23905
23906 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23907 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23908 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23909
23910 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23911 User should not set this variable manually,
23912 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23913 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23914 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23915
23916 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23917 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23918 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23919 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23920
23921 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23922 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23923
23924 \\<mail-mode-map>
23925 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23926
23927 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23928 to move to message header fields:
23929 \\{mail-mode-map}
23930
23931 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23932 when the message is initialized.
23933
23934 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23935 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23936
23937 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23938 is inserted.
23939
23940 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23941 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23942
23943 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23944 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23945 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23946 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23947 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23948 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23949 buffer without erasing the contents.
23950
23951 The second through fifth arguments,
23952 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23953 the initial contents of those header fields.
23954 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23955 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23956 original message being replied to, or else an action
23957 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23958 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23959 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23960 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23961 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23962 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23963
23964 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
23965
23966 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
23967 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23968
23969 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23970
23971 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
23972 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23973
23974 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23975
23976 ;;;***
23977 \f
23978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23980
23981 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
23982
23983 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
23984
23985 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
23986
23987 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
23988 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23989 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
23990 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23991 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
23992 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23993
23994 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23995 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23996
23997 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
23998 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
23999 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24000
24001 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24002 \\[server-start].
24003
24004 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24005
24006 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24007 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24008 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24009 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24010
24011 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24012
24013 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24014 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24015 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24018 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24019
24020 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24021
24022 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24023 Toggle Server mode.
24024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24025 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24026 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24027
24028 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24029 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24030 `server-start' for details.
24031
24032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24033
24034 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24035 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24036 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24037
24038 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24039 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24040
24041 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24042
24043 ;;;***
24044 \f
24045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21547 54441 168831 0))
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24047
24048 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24049 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24050
24051 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24052 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24053 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24054 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24055 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24056
24057 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24058 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24059 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24060 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24061 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24062 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24063
24064 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24065 displayed.
24066
24067 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24068 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24069 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24070
24071 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24072 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24073
24074 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24075 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24076
24077 \\{ses-mode-map}
24078 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24079 part):
24080 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24081 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24082 formula:
24083 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24084
24085 \(fn)" t nil)
24086
24087 ;;;***
24088 \f
24089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21481
24090 ;;;;;; 59815 980216 0))
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24092
24093 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24094 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24095 Makes > match <.
24096 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24097 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24098
24099 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24100 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24101 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24102
24103 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24104 in your init file.
24105
24106 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24107
24108 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24109 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24110 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24111
24112 \(fn)" t nil)
24113
24114 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24115 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24116 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24117 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24118 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24119 which this is based.
24120
24121 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24122
24123 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24124 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24125 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24126 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24127
24128 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24129 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24130 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24131
24132 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24133 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24134 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24135 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24136
24137 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24138 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24139 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24140 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24141
24142 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24143
24144 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24145 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24146 To work around that, do:
24147 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24148
24149 \\{html-mode-map}
24150
24151 \(fn)" t nil)
24152
24153 ;;;***
24154 \f
24155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21510
24156 ;;;;;; 60072 112989 0))
24157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24158 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24159 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24160
24161 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24162 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24163 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24164 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24165 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24166 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24167
24168 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24169 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24170 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24171 shell-specific features.
24172
24173 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24174 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24175 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24176 \\<sh-mode-map>
24177 \\[sh-case] case statement
24178 \\[sh-for] for loop
24179 \\[sh-function] function definition
24180 \\[sh-if] if statement
24181 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24182 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24183 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24184 \\[sh-select] select loop
24185 \\[sh-until] until loop
24186 \\[sh-while] while loop
24187
24188 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24189 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24190 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24191 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24192 would indent to the way it currently is.
24193 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24194 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24195
24196
24197 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24198 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24199 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24200 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24201 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24202 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24203
24204 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24205 unquoted < insert a here document.
24206
24207 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24208 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24209 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24210
24211 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24212 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24213
24214 \(fn)" t nil)
24215
24216 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24217
24218 ;;;***
24219 \f
24220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24221 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24223
24224 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24225 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24226
24227 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24228 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24229 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24230
24231 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24232 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24233 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24234 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24235 the earlier.
24236
24237 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24238
24239 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24240
24241 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24242 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24243 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24244
24245 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24246 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24247
24248 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24249 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24250 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24251 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24252 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24253 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24254 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24255 Emacs version).
24256
24257 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24258 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24259 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24260 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24261 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24262
24263 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24264 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24265
24266 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24267
24268 ;;;***
24269 \f
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24271 ;;;;;; 0))
24272 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24273
24274 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24275 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24276 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24277 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24278 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24279 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24280 sites in the cluster.
24281
24282 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24283
24284 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24285 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24286 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24287 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24288 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24289
24290 \(fn)" t nil)
24291
24292 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24293 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24294 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24295 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24296 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24297 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24298 `shadow-define-cluster').
24299
24300 \(fn)" t nil)
24301
24302 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24303 Set up file shadowing.
24304
24305 \(fn)" t nil)
24306
24307 ;;;***
24308 \f
24309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21374 22080 740835 768000))
24310 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24311
24312 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24313 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24314 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24315 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24316 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24317 arguments.")
24318
24319 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24320
24321 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24322 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24323 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24324 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24325 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24326
24327 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24328 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24329 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24330 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24331 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24332 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24333 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24334 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24335 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24336 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24337 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24338
24339 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24340 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24341 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24342 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24343 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24344 `default-process-coding-system'.
24345
24346 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24347 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24348 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24349 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24350
24351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24352
24353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24354
24355 ;;;***
24356 \f
24357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21532 676 459903 0))
24358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24359
24360 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24361 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24362
24363 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24364
24365 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24366 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24367 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24368 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24369
24370 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24371
24372 ;;;***
24373 \f
24374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24375 ;;;;;; 0))
24376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24377
24378 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24379
24380
24381 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24382
24383 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24384
24385
24386 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24387
24388 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24389
24390
24391 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24392
24393 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24394
24395
24396 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24397
24398 ;;;***
24399 \f
24400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24401 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24403
24404 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24405 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24406 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24407 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24408 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24409
24410 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24411
24412 \(fn)" t nil)
24413
24414 ;;;***
24415 \f
24416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24417 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24419
24420 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24421 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24422 \\{simula-mode-map}
24423 Variables controlling indentation style:
24424 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24425 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24426 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24427 `simula-indent-level'
24428 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24429 `simula-substatement-offset'
24430 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24431 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24432 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24433 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24434 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24435 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24436 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24437 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24438 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24439 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24440 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24441 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24442 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24443 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24444 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24445 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24446 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24447 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24448 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24449 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24450 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24451 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24452 or nil if they should not be changed.
24453 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24454 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24455 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24456 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24457
24458 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24459 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24460
24461 \(fn)" t nil)
24462
24463 ;;;***
24464 \f
24465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21420 38312 308000
24466 ;;;;;; 0))
24467 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24468
24469 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24470 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24471
24472 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24473 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24474 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24475 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24476
24477 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24478
24479 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24480
24481 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24482 Insert SKELETON.
24483 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24484 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24485 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24486 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24487 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24488
24489 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24490 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24491
24492 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24493
24494 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24495 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24496
24497 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24498 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24499 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24500 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24501
24502 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24503 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24504 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24505 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24506
24507 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24508 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24509 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24510
24511 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24512 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24513
24514 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24515 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24516
24517 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24518 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24519 is at bol/eol
24520 _ interesting point, interregion here
24521 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24522 interesting point set by _
24523 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24524 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24525 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24526 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24527 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24528 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24529 nil skipped
24530
24531 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24532 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24533
24534 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24535 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24536 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24537 as the first element when at bol.
24538
24539 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24540 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24541 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24542 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24543 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24544 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24545 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24546 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24547
24548 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24549 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24550 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24551 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24552 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24553 available:
24554
24555 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24556 then: insert previously read string once more
24557 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24558 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24559 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24560
24561 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24562 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24563
24564 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24565
24566 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24567 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24568
24569 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24570 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24571 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24572 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24573 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24574 such as backslash.
24575
24576 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24577 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24578 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24579
24580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24581
24582 ;;;***
24583 \f
24584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21409 26408
24585 ;;;;;; 607647 0))
24586 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24587
24588 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24589 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24590 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24591 buffer names.
24592
24593 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24594
24595 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24596 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24598 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24599 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24600 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24601
24602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24603
24604 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24605 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24606 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24607
24608 \(fn)" t nil)
24609
24610 ;;;***
24611 \f
24612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24613 ;;;;;; 0))
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24615
24616 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24617 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24618 A list of images is returned.
24619
24620 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24621
24622 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24623 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24624 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24625
24626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24627
24628 ;;;***
24629 \f
24630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24631 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
24632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24633
24634 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24635
24636
24637 \(fn)" nil nil)
24638
24639 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24640 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24641
24642 \(fn)" t nil)
24643
24644 ;;;***
24645 \f
24646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24647 ;;;;;; 0))
24648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24649
24650 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24651 Play the Snake game.
24652 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24653
24654 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24655
24656 Snake mode keybindings:
24657 \\<snake-mode-map>
24658 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24659 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24660 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24661 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24662 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24663 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24664 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24665
24666 \(fn)" t nil)
24667
24668 ;;;***
24669 \f
24670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24671 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24673
24674 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24675 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24676 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24677 Tab indents for C code.
24678 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24679 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24680 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24681 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24682 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24683
24684 \(fn)" t nil)
24685
24686 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24687 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24688 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24689 Tab indents for C code.
24690 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24691 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24692 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24693 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24694 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24695
24696 \(fn)" t nil)
24697
24698 ;;;***
24699 \f
24700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24701 ;;;;;; 0))
24702 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24703
24704 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24705 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24706 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24707 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24708 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24709
24710 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24711
24712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24713
24714 ;;;***
24715 \f
24716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24717 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24719
24720 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24721 Play Solitaire.
24722
24723 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24724 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24725 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24726 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24727 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24728 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24729 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24730 check after each move or undo.)
24731
24732 What is Solitaire?
24733
24734 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24735 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24736 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24737
24738 Le Solitaire
24739 ============
24740
24741 o o o
24742
24743 o o o
24744
24745 o o o o o o o
24746
24747 o o o . o o o
24748
24749 o o o o o o o
24750
24751 o o o
24752
24753 o o o
24754
24755 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24756 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24757 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24758 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24759
24760 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24761 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24762 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24763 this: o o .
24764
24765 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24766 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24767
24768 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24769
24770 o o o
24771
24772 . o o
24773
24774 o o . o o o o
24775
24776 o . o o o o o
24777
24778 o o o o o o o
24779
24780 o o o
24781
24782 o o o
24783
24784 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24785
24786 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24787
24788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24789
24790 ;;;***
24791 \f
24792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24793 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24794 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24795
24796 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24797 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24798
24799 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24800 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24801 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24802 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24803 contiguous.
24804
24805 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24806 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24807 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24808 the sort order.
24809
24810 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24811 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24812
24813 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24814 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24815 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24816 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24817 is called.
24818
24819 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24820 It should move point to the end of the record.
24821
24822 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24823 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24824 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24825 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24826 starts at the beginning of the record.
24827
24828 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24829 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24830 same as ENDRECFUN.
24831
24832 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24833 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24834 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24835 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24836 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24837 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24838 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24839
24840 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24841
24842 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24843 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24844 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24845 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24846 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24847 the sort order.
24848
24849 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24850
24851 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24852 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24853 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24854 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24855 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24856 the sort order.
24857
24858 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24859
24860 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24861 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24862 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24863 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24864 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24865 the sort order.
24866
24867 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24868 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24869
24870 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24871 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24872 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24873 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24874 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24875 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24876 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24877 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24878 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24879
24880 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24881
24882 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24883 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24884 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24885 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24886 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24887 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24888 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24889 the sort order.
24890
24891 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24892
24893 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24894 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
24895 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
24896 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
24897
24898 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
24899 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
24900
24901 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
24902 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
24903 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
24904 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
24905 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
24906 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
24907 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
24908 found within a record, that record is ignored.
24909
24910 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
24911
24912 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24913 the sort order.
24914
24915 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24916 starting with the letter \"f\",
24917 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24918
24919 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24920
24921 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24922 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24923 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24924 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24925 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24926 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24927 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24928 the sort order.
24929
24930 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24931 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24932 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24933 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24934 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24935
24936 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24937
24938 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24939 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24940 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24941
24942 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24943
24944 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
24945 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
24946 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
24947 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
24948 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
24949 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
24950 each repeated line.
24951
24952 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
24953 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
24954 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
24955 on large regions that have already been sorted.
24956
24957 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
24958 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
24959
24960 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
24961 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
24962
24963 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
24964
24965 ;;;***
24966 \f
24967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
24968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24969
24970 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24971 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24972 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24973 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24974 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24975 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24976
24977 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24978
24979 ;;;***
24980 \f
24981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
24982 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
24983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24984
24985 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
24986 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24987
24988 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24989 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24990 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24991
24992 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24993
24994 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
24995 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24996 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24997 server.
24998
24999 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25000
25001 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25002 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25003 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25004
25005 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25006
25007 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25008 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25009 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25010 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25011 Agent is plugged.
25012
25013 \(fn)" t nil)
25014
25015 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25016 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25017 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25018 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25019
25020 \(fn)" t nil)
25021
25022 ;;;***
25023 \f
25024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21485 56871 932720
25025 ;;;;;; 0))
25026 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25027
25028 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25029
25030 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25031 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25032 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25033 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25034 supported at a time.
25035 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25036 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25037
25038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25039
25040 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25041 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25042 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25043 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25044
25045 \(fn)" t nil)
25046
25047 ;;;***
25048 \f
25049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25050 ;;;;;; 0))
25051 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25052
25053 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25054 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25055
25056 \(fn)" t nil)
25057
25058 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25059 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25060
25061 \(fn)" nil nil)
25062
25063 ;;;***
25064 \f
25065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21546 33576 601815
25066 ;;;;;; 0))
25067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25068 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25069
25070 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25071 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25072
25073 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25074 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25075 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25076 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25077 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25078 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25079 of the current highlighting list.
25080
25081 For example:
25082
25083 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25084 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25085
25086 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25087 `_t' as data types.
25088
25089 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25090
25091 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25092 Major mode to edit SQL.
25093
25094 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25095 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25096 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25097
25098 \\{sql-mode-map}
25099 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25100
25101 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25102 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25103 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25104 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25105 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25106 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25107
25108 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25109 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25110
25111 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25112 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25113 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25114
25115 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25116 (lambda ()
25117 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25118
25119 \(fn)" t nil)
25120
25121 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25122 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25123
25124 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25125 their settings.
25126
25127 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25128 is specified in the connection settings.
25129
25130 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25131
25132 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25133 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25134
25135 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25136 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25137
25138 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25139 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25140 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25141 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25142
25143 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25144
25145 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25146
25147 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25148 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25149
25150 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25151 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25152 `*SQL*'.
25153
25154 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25155 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25156 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25157 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25158
25159 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25160 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25161
25162 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25163 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25164 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25165 buffer.
25166
25167 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25168 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25169 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25170 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25171 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25172 `default-process-coding-system'.
25173
25174 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25175
25176 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25177
25178 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25179 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25180
25181 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25182 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25183 `*SQL*'.
25184
25185 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25186 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25187 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25188 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25189
25190 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25191 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25192
25193 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25194 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25195 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25196 buffer.
25197
25198 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25199 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25200 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25201 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25202 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25203 `default-process-coding-system'.
25204
25205 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25206
25207 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25208
25209 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25210 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25211
25212 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25213 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25214 `*SQL*'.
25215
25216 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25217 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25218
25219 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25220 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25221
25222 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25223 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25224 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25225 buffer.
25226
25227 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25228 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25229 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25230 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25231 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25232 `default-process-coding-system'.
25233
25234 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25235
25236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25237
25238 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25239 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25240
25241 SQLite is free software.
25242
25243 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25244 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25245 `*SQL*'.
25246
25247 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25248 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25249 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25250 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25251
25252 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25253 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25254
25255 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25256 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25257 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25258 buffer.
25259
25260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25261 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25262 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25263 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25265 `default-process-coding-system'.
25266
25267 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25268
25269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25270
25271 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25272 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25273
25274 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25275
25276 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25277 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25278 `*SQL*'.
25279
25280 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25281 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25282 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25283 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25284
25285 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25287
25288 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25289 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25290 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25291 buffer.
25292
25293 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25294 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25295 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25296 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25297 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25298 `default-process-coding-system'.
25299
25300 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25301
25302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25303
25304 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25305 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25306
25307 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25308 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25309 `*SQL*'.
25310
25311 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25312 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25313 defaults, if set.
25314
25315 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25316 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25317
25318 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25319 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25320 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25321 buffer.
25322
25323 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25324 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25325 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25326 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25327 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25328 `default-process-coding-system'.
25329
25330 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25331
25332 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25333
25334 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25335 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25336
25337 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25338 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25339 `*SQL*'.
25340
25341 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25342 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25343
25344 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25345 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25346
25347 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25348 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25349 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25350 buffer.
25351
25352 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25353 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25354 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25355 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25356 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25357 `default-process-coding-system'.
25358
25359 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25360
25361 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25362
25363 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25364 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25365
25366 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25367 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25368 `*SQL*'.
25369
25370 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25371 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25372 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25373 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25374
25375 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25376 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25377
25378 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25379 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25380 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25381 buffer.
25382
25383 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25384 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25385 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25386 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25387 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25388 `default-process-coding-system'.
25389
25390 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25391
25392 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25393
25394 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25395 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25396
25397 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25398 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25399 `*SQL*'.
25400
25401 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25402 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25403 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25404 `sql-postgres-options'.
25405
25406 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25407 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25408
25409 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25410 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25411 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25412 buffer.
25413
25414 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25415 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25416 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25417 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25418 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25419 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25420 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25421 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25422
25423 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25424 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25425
25426 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25427
25428 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25429
25430 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25431 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25432
25433 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25434 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25435 `*SQL*'.
25436
25437 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25438 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25439 defaults, if set.
25440
25441 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25442 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25443
25444 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25445 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25446 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25447 buffer.
25448
25449 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25450 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25451 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25452 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25453 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25454 `default-process-coding-system'.
25455
25456 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25457
25458 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25459
25460 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25461 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25462
25463 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25464 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25465 `*SQL*'.
25466
25467 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25468 automatic login.
25469
25470 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25471 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25472
25473 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25474 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25475 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25476 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25477
25478 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25479 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25480 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25481 buffer.
25482
25483 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25484 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25485 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25486 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25487 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25488 `default-process-coding-system'.
25489
25490 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25491
25492 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25493
25494 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25495 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25496
25497 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25498 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25499 `*SQL*'.
25500
25501 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25502 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25503 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25504 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25505 parameters.
25506
25507 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25508 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25509 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25510 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25511 an empty password.
25512
25513 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25514 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25515
25516 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25518 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25519 buffer.
25520
25521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25522
25523 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25524
25525 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25526 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25527
25528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25529
25530 ;;;***
25531 \f
25532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25533 ;;;;;; 0))
25534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25535 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25536
25537 ;;;***
25538 \f
25539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25540 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25541 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25542
25543 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25544 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25545
25546 \(fn)" t nil)
25547
25548 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25549
25550 ;;;***
25551 \f
25552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25553 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25555
25556 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25557 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25558 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25559 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25560 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25561 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25562 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25563 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25564 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25565 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25566 with any buffer
25567 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25568 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25569 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25570 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25571
25572 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25573
25574 ;;;***
25575 \f
25576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25577 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25578
25579 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25580 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25581 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25582 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25583 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25584 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25585
25586 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25587
25588 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25589
25590 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25591 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25592 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25593 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25594 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25595 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25596 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25597
25598 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25599
25600 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25601 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25602 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25603 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25604 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25605 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25606 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25607
25608 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25609
25610 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25611 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25612 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25613
25614 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25615
25616 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25617 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25618 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25619
25620 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25621
25622 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25623 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25624
25625 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25626
25627 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25628 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25629
25630 \(fn)" t nil)
25631
25632 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25633 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25634
25635 \(fn)" t nil)
25636
25637 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25638 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25639 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25640 by command name.
25641 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25642
25643 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25644
25645 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25646 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25647 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25650 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25651
25652 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25653
25654 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25655 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25656 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25657 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25658 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25659
25660 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25661 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25662 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25663 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25664 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25665
25666 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25667 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25668 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25669 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25670
25671 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25672
25673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25674
25675 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25676 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25677 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25678 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25679
25680 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25681
25682 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25683 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25684
25685 \(fn)" t nil)
25686
25687 ;;;***
25688 \f
25689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25690 ;;;;;; 0))
25691 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25692
25693 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25694 Studlify-case the region.
25695
25696 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25697
25698 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25699 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25700
25701 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25702
25703 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25704 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25705
25706 \(fn)" t nil)
25707
25708 ;;;***
25709 \f
25710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21546 33576
25711 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25713
25714 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25715
25716 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25717 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25719 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25720 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25721
25722 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25723 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25724 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25725 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25726
25727 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25728 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25729 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25730
25731 Nomenclature Subwords
25732 ===========================================================
25733 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25734 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25735 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25736
25737 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25738 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25739
25740 \\{subword-mode-map}
25741
25742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25743
25744 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25745 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25746 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25749 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25750
25751 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25752
25753 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25754 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25755 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25756 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25757 ARG is omitted or nil.
25758
25759 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25760 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25761 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25762
25763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25764
25765 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25766 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25768 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25769 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25770
25771 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25772 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25773 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25774 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25775
25776 \\{superword-mode-map}
25777
25778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25779
25780 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25781 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25782 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25785 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25786
25787 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25788
25789 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25790 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25791 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25792 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25793 ARG is omitted or nil.
25794
25795 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25796 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25797 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25798
25799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25800
25801 ;;;***
25802 \f
25803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25804 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25806
25807 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25808 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25809 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25810 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25811 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25812 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25813 original message but it does require a few things:
25814
25815 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25816
25817 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25818 reply buffer.
25819
25820 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25821 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25822 original message.
25823
25824 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25825
25826 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25827
25828 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25829 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25830 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25831
25832 \(fn)" nil nil)
25833
25834 ;;;***
25835 \f
25836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
25837 ;;;;;; 0))
25838 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25839
25840 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25841
25842 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25843 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25844 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25847 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25848
25849 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25850
25851 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25852 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25855 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25856
25857 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25858 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25859 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25860
25861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25862
25863 ;;;***
25864 \f
25865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
25866 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25867
25868 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25869 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25870 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25871 buffer.
25872
25873 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25874 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25875 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25876
25877 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25878
25879 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25880 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25881 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25882 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25883 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25884 buffer.
25885
25886 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25887 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25888 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25889
25890 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25891
25892 ;;;***
25893 \f
25894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
25895 ;;;;;; 0))
25896 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25897
25898 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25899 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25900 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25901
25902 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25903
25904 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25905 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25906
25907 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25908
25909 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25910 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25911
25912 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25913
25914 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25915 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25916
25917 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25918
25919 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25920 Insert an editable text table.
25921 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25922 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25923 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25924 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25925 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25926 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25927 delimiting them.
25928
25929 Examples:
25930
25931 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25932
25933 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25934 location of point.
25935
25936 -!-
25937
25938 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25939 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25940 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25941 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25942 first cell.
25943
25944 +-----+-----+-----+
25945 |-!- | | |
25946 +-----+-----+-----+
25947
25948 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25949
25950 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25951 width, which results as
25952
25953 +--------------+-----+-----+
25954 |-!- | | |
25955 +--------------+-----+-----+
25956
25957 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25958 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25959
25960 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25961 | | |-!- |
25962 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25963
25964 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25965 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25966 width information to `table-insert'.
25967
25968 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25969
25970 instead of
25971
25972 Cell width(s): 5
25973
25974 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25975 work all together.
25976
25977 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25978 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25979
25980 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25981 |-!- | | |
25982 | | | |
25983 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25984
25985 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25986
25987 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25988 |-!- | | |
25989 | | | |
25990 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25991 | | | |
25992 | | | |
25993 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25994
25995 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25996
25997 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25998 | | | |
25999 | | | |
26000 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26001 | | | |
26002 | | | |
26003 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26004 -!-
26005
26006 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26007 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26008 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26009
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26011 | | | |
26012 | | | |
26013 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26014 | | | |
26015 | | | |
26016 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26017 |-!- | | |
26018 | | | |
26019 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26020
26021 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26022 results.
26023
26024 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26025 | | | |
26026 | | | |
26027 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26028 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26029 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26030 | | |expected results.-!- |
26031 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26032 | | | |
26033 | | | |
26034 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26035
26036 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26037
26038 \\{table-cell-map}
26039
26040 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26041
26042 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26043 Insert N table row(s).
26044 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26045 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26046 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26047 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26048
26049 \(fn N)" t nil)
26050
26051 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26052 Insert N table column(s).
26053 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26054 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26055 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26056 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26057
26058 \(fn N)" t nil)
26059
26060 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26061 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26062 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26063
26064 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26065
26066 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26067 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26068 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26069 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26070 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26071 all the table specific features.
26072
26073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26074
26075 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26076
26077
26078 \(fn)" t nil)
26079
26080 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26081 Recognize all tables within region.
26082 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26083 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26084 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26085 specific features.
26086
26087 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26088
26089 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26090
26091
26092 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26093
26094 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26095 Recognize a table at point.
26096 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26097 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26098 the table specific features.
26099
26100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26101
26102 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26103
26104
26105 \(fn)" t nil)
26106
26107 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26108 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26109 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26110 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26111 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26112 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26113 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26114
26115 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26116
26117 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26118
26119
26120 \(fn)" t nil)
26121
26122 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26123 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26124 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26125 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26126 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26127 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26128 specified.
26129
26130 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26131
26132 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26133 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26134 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26135 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26136 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26137 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26138 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26139 table structure.
26140
26141 \(fn N)" t nil)
26142
26143 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26144 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26145 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26146 table's rectangle structure.
26147
26148 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26149
26150 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26151 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26152 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26153 table's rectangle structure.
26154
26155 \(fn N)" t nil)
26156
26157 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26158 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26159 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26160 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26161 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26162
26163 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26164
26165 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26166 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26167 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26168
26169 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26170 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26171 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26172 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26173 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26174 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26175 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26176
26177 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26178 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26179 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26180 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26181 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26182 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26183 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26184
26185 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26186 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26187 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26188 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26189 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26190 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26191 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26192 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26193
26194 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26195
26196 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26197 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26198 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26199 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26200
26201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26204 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26205 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26206
26207 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26210 Split current cell vertically.
26211 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26212
26213 \(fn)" t nil)
26214
26215 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26216 Split current cell horizontally.
26217 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26218
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26220
26221 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26222 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26223 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26224
26225 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26226
26227 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26228 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26229 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26230 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26231
26232 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26233
26234 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26235 Justify cell contents.
26236 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26237 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26238 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26239 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26240
26241 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26242
26243 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26244 Justify cells of a row.
26245 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26246 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26247
26248 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26249
26250 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26251 Justify cells of a column.
26252 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26253 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26254
26255 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26256
26257 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26258 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26259 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26260 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26261 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26262 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26263 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26264 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26265 run-time.
26266
26267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26268
26269 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26270 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26271 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26272 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26273 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26274 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26275 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26276 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26277 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26278 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26279 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26280
26281 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26282
26283 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26284 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26285 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26286 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26287 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26288 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26289 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26290 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26291 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26292 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26293 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26294 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26295 untouched.
26296
26297 References used for this implementation:
26298
26299 HTML:
26300 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26301
26302 LaTeX:
26303 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26304
26305 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26306 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26307 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26308
26309 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26310
26311 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26312 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26313 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26314 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26315 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26316 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26317 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26318 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26319 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26320 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26321 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26322 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26323 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26324 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26325 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26326 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26327 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26328
26329 Example:
26330
26331 (progn
26332 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26333 (table-forward-cell 15)
26334 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26335 (table-forward-cell 16)
26336 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26337 (table-forward-cell 1)
26338 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26339
26340 (progn
26341 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26342 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26343 (table-forward-cell 1)
26344 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26345
26346 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26349 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26350 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26351 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26352 consists from cells of same height.
26353
26354 \(fn N)" t nil)
26355
26356 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26357 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26358 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26359 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26360 column must consists from cells of same width.
26361
26362 \(fn N)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26365 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26366 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26367 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26368 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26369 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26370 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26371 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26372 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26373 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26374 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26375 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26376 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26377 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26378 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26379
26380
26381 Example 1:
26382
26383 1, 2, 3, 4
26384 5, 6, 7, 8
26385 , 9, 10
26386
26387 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26388 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26389 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26390 specified as 5.
26391
26392 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26393 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26394 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26395 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26396 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26397 | | 9 | 10 | |
26398 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26399
26400 Note:
26401
26402 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26403 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26404 of each row is optional.
26405
26406
26407 Example 2:
26408
26409 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26410 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26411 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26412 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26413 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26414
26415 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26416 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26417
26418 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26419 expression and raw delimiter regular
26420 expression, it parses the specified text
26421 area and extracts cell items from
26422 non-table text and then forms a table out
26423 of them.
26424
26425 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26426 creates a single cell table. The text in
26427 the specified region is placed in that
26428 cell.-*-
26429
26430 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26431 like this.
26432
26433 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26434 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26435 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26436 | |
26437 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26438 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26439 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26440 | area and extracts cell items from |
26441 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26442 | of them. |
26443 | |
26444 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26445 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26446 | the specified region is placed in that |
26447 | cell. |
26448 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26449
26450 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26451 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26452 independently.
26453
26454 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26455 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26456 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26457 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26458 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26459 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26460 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26461 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26462 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26463 | |of them. |
26464 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26465 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26466 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26467 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26468 | |cell. |
26469 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26470
26471 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26472 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26473 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26474
26475 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26476
26477 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26478 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26479 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26480 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26481 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26482
26483 \(fn)" t nil)
26484
26485 ;;;***
26486 \f
26487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26488 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26489
26490 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26491 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26492
26493 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26494
26495 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26496 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26497
26498 \(fn)" t nil)
26499
26500 ;;;***
26501 \f
26502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21510 60072 112989
26503 ;;;;;; 0))
26504 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26505
26506 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26507 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26508 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26509 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26510 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26511 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26512 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26513
26514 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26515 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26516 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26517 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26518
26519 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26520 \\{tar-mode-map}
26521
26522 \(fn)" t nil)
26523
26524 ;;;***
26525 \f
26526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26527 ;;;;;; 0))
26528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26529
26530 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26531 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26532 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26533 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26534 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26535 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26536
26537 Variables controlling indentation style:
26538 `tcl-indent-level'
26539 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26540 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26541 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26542
26543 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26544 documentation for details):
26545 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26546 Controls action of TAB key.
26547 `tcl-auto-newline'
26548 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26549 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26550 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26551 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26552 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26553
26554 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26555 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26556 already exist.
26557
26558 \(fn)" t nil)
26559
26560 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26561 Run inferior Tcl process.
26562 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26563 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26564
26565 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26566
26567 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26568 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26569 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26570
26571 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26572
26573 ;;;***
26574 \f
26575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26576 ;;;;;; 0))
26577 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26578
26579 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26580 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26581 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26582 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26583
26584 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26585 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26586 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26587 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26588 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26589
26590 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26591
26592 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26593 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26594 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26595 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26596
26597 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26598
26599 ;;;***
26600 \f
26601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
26602 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26603
26604 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26605 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26606 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26607 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26608 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26609 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26610
26611 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26612
26613 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26614 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26615 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26616 commands to use in that buffer.
26617
26618 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26619
26620 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26621
26622 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26623 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26624
26625 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26626
26627 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26628 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26629 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26630 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26631 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26632 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26633 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26634 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26635 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26636 use in that buffer.
26637 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26638
26639 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26640
26641 ;;;***
26642 \f
26643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26644 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26646
26647 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26648 Start coverage on function under point.
26649
26650 \(fn)" t nil)
26651
26652 ;;;***
26653 \f
26654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26655 ;;;;;; 0))
26656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26657 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26658
26659 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26660 Play the Tetris game.
26661 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26662 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26663 as to form complete rows.
26664
26665 tetris-mode keybindings:
26666 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26667 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26668 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26669 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26670 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26671 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26672 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26673 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26674 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26675
26676 \(fn)" t nil)
26677
26678 ;;;***
26679 \f
26680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21546 33576
26681 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
26682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26683
26684 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26685 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26686
26687 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26688
26689 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26690 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26691 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26692 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26693 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26694
26695 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26696
26697 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26698 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26699 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26700 if it matches the first line of the file,
26701 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26702
26703 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26704
26705 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26706 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26707 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26708 if the variable is non-nil.")
26709
26710 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26711
26712 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26713 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26714
26715 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26716
26717 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26718 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26719 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26720 See the documentation of that variable.")
26721
26722 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26723
26724 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26725 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26726 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26727 See the documentation of that variable.")
26728
26729 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26730
26731 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26732 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26733 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26734 See the documentation of that variable.")
26735
26736 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26737
26738 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26739 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26740 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26741 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26742 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26743
26744 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26745
26746 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26747 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26748 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26749 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26750
26751 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26752
26753 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26754 User defined LaTeX block names.
26755 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26756
26757 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26758
26759 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26760 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26761 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26762 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26763
26764 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26765
26766 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26767 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26768 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26769 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26770
26771 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26772
26773 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26774 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26775 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26776 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26777
26778 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26779 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26780 for example,
26781
26782 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26783 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26784
26785 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26786 use.")
26787
26788 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26789
26790 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26791 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26792 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26793 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26794 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26795
26796 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26797
26798 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26799
26800 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26801 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26802 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26803
26804 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26805
26806 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26807 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26808 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26809 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26810 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26811
26812 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26813
26814 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26815 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26816
26817 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26818
26819 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26820 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26821
26822 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26823
26824 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26825 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26826 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26827 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26828 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26829 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26830 says which mode to use.
26831
26832 \(fn)" t nil)
26833
26834 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26835
26836 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26837
26838 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26839
26840 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26841 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26842 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26843 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26844 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26845
26846 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26847 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26848 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26849 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26850 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26851 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26852 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26853
26854 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26855 mismatched $'s or braces.
26856
26857 Special commands:
26858 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26859
26860 Mode variables:
26861 tex-run-command
26862 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26863 tex-directory
26864 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26865 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26866 tex-dvi-print-command
26867 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26868 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26869 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26870 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26871 tex-dvi-view-command
26872 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26873 tex-show-queue-command
26874 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26875 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26876
26877 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26878 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26879 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26880
26881 \(fn)" t nil)
26882
26883 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26884 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26885 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26886 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26887 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26888
26889 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26890 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26891 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26892 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26893 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26894 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26895 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26896
26897 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26898 mismatched $'s or braces.
26899
26900 Special commands:
26901 \\{latex-mode-map}
26902
26903 Mode variables:
26904 latex-run-command
26905 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26906 tex-directory
26907 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26908 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26909 tex-dvi-print-command
26910 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26911 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26912 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26913 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26914 tex-dvi-view-command
26915 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26916 tex-show-queue-command
26917 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26918 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26919
26920 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26921 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26922 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26923
26924 \(fn)" t nil)
26925
26926 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26927 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26928 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26929 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26930 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26931
26932 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26933 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26934 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26935 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26936 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26937 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26938 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26939
26940 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26941 mismatched $'s or braces.
26942
26943 Special commands:
26944 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26945
26946 Mode variables:
26947 slitex-run-command
26948 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26949 tex-directory
26950 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26951 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26952 tex-dvi-print-command
26953 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26954 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26955 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26956 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26957 tex-dvi-view-command
26958 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26959 tex-show-queue-command
26960 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26961 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26962
26963 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26964 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26965 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26966 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26967
26968 \(fn)" t nil)
26969
26970 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26971
26972
26973 \(fn)" nil nil)
26974
26975 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26976 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26977
26978 \(fn)" t nil)
26979
26980 ;;;***
26981 \f
26982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
26983 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
26984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26985
26986 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26987 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26988 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26989 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26990
26991 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26992 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26993 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26994
26995 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26996
26997 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26998 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26999 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27000 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27001 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27002
27003 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27004
27005 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27006 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27007 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27008 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27009
27010 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27011 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27012 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27013 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27014
27015 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27016 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27017
27018 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27019
27020 ;;;***
27021 \f
27022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21414 44327
27023 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
27024 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27025
27026 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27027 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27028
27029 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27030
27031 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27032 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27033
27034 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27035
27036 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27037 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27038
27039 It has these extra commands:
27040 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27041
27042 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27043 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27044 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27045 modified version of TeX input format.
27046
27047 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27048 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27049 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27050 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27051
27052 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27053 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27054 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27055 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27056 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27057 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27058 in the Texinfo file.
27059
27060 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27061 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27062 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27063 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27064 move forward past the closing brace.
27065
27066 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27067 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27068
27069 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27070 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27071 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27072
27073 Here are the functions:
27074
27075 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27076 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27077 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27078
27079 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27080 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27081 texinfo-master-menu
27082
27083 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27084
27085 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27086 which menu descriptions are indented.
27087
27088 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27089 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27090 in the region.
27091
27092 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27093 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27094 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27095 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27096
27097 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27098 be the first node in the file.
27099
27100 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27101 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27102
27103 \(fn)" t nil)
27104
27105 ;;;***
27106 \f
27107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27108 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27109 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27110
27111 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27112 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27113 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27114 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27115
27116 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27117
27118 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27119 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27120
27121 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27122
27123 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27124 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27125
27126 \(fn)" t nil)
27127
27128 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27129
27130
27131 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27132
27133 ;;;***
27134 \f
27135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27136 ;;;;;; 0))
27137 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27138
27139 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27140 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27141 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27142 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27143 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27144 `line', and `page'.
27145
27146 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27147
27148 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27149 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27150 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27151 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27152 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27153 `line', and `page'.
27154
27155 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27156 valid THING.
27157
27158 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27159 positions of the thing found.
27160
27161 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27162
27163 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27164 Return the THING at point.
27165 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27166 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27167 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27168 `line', `number', and `page'.
27169
27170 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27171 strip text properties from the return value.
27172
27173 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27174 a symbol as a valid THING.
27175
27176 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27177
27178 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27179 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27180
27181 \(fn)" nil nil)
27182
27183 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27184 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27185
27186 \(fn)" nil nil)
27187
27188 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27189 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27190
27191 \(fn)" nil nil)
27192
27193 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27194 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27195
27196 \(fn)" nil nil)
27197
27198 ;;;***
27199 \f
27200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27201 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27202
27203 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27204 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27205
27206 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27207
27208 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27209 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27210 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27211 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27212
27213 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27214
27215 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27216 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27217
27218 \(fn)" t nil)
27219
27220 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27221 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27222
27223 \(fn)" t nil)
27224
27225 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27226
27227 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27228 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27229
27230 \(fn)" t nil)
27231
27232 ;;;***
27233 \f
27234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27235 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27236 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27237
27238 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27239 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27240 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27241
27242 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27243
27244 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27245 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27246
27247 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27248
27249 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27250 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27251 The returned string has no composition information.
27252
27253 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27254
27255 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27256 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27257
27258 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27259
27260 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27261 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27262
27263 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27264
27265 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27266 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27267 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27268 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27269
27270 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27271
27272 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27273 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27274 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27275 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27276
27277 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27278
27279 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27280 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27281 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27282
27283 \(fn)" t nil)
27284
27285 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27286 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27287 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27288
27289 \(fn)" t nil)
27290
27291 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27292
27293
27294 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27295
27296 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27297
27298
27299 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27300
27301 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27302
27303
27304 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27305
27306 ;;;***
27307 \f
27308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21393 38187
27309 ;;;;;; 675040 0))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27311 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
27312
27313 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27314 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27315 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27316 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27317 parameters.
27318 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27319 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27320 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27321
27322 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27323
27324 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27325 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27326 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27327 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27328 parameters.
27329 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27330 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27331 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27332
27333 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27334
27335 ;;;***
27336 \f
27337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27338 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27339
27340 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27341 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27342
27343 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27344 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27345
27346 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27347 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27348 This display updates automatically every minute.
27349 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27350 are displayed as well.
27351 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27352
27353 \(fn)" t nil)
27354
27355 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27356 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27357 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27360 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27361
27362 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27363
27364 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27365 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27368 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27369
27370 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27371 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27372 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27373 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27374 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27375
27376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27377
27378 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27379 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27380 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27381 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27382
27383 \(fn)" t nil)
27384
27385 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27386 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27387 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27388 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27389
27390 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27391
27392 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27393 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27394
27395 \(fn)" t nil)
27396
27397 ;;;***
27398 \f
27399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21471
27400 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27401 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27402
27403 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27404 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27405 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27406
27407 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27408 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27409 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27410 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27411 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27412 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27413
27414 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27415 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27416
27417 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27418
27419 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27420 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27421
27422 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27423
27424 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27425 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27426
27427 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27428
27429 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27430 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27431 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27432
27433 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27434
27435 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27436
27437 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27438 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27439 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27440
27441 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27442
27443 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27444 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27445
27446 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27447
27448 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27449 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27450 DATE should be a date-time string.
27451
27452 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27453
27454 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27455 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27456 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27457
27458 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27459
27460 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27461 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27462
27463 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27464
27465 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27466 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27467
27468 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27471 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27472 TIME should be a time value.
27473 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27474
27475 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27476
27477 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27478 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27479 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27480
27481 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27482
27483 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27484 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27485 The valid format specifiers are:
27486 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27487 %d is the number of days.
27488 %h is the number of hours.
27489 %m is the number of minutes.
27490 %s is the number of seconds.
27491 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27492 %% is a literal \"%\".
27493
27494 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27495 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27496
27497 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27498 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27499 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27500
27501 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27502 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27503 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27504
27505 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27506
27507 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27508
27509 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27510 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27511
27512 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27513
27514 ;;;***
27515 \f
27516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27517 ;;;;;; 0))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27519 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27520 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27521 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27522 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27523 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27524 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27525 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27526 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27527
27528 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27529 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27530 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27531 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27532 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27533 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27534 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27535 look like one of the following:
27536 Time-stamp: <>
27537 Time-stamp: \" \"
27538 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27539 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27540 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27541 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27542 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27543 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27544 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27545 the template.
27546
27547 \(fn)" t nil)
27548
27549 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27550 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27551 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27552
27553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27554
27555 ;;;***
27556 \f
27557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27558 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27560 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27561
27562 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27563 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27564 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27567 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27568
27569 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27572 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27573 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27574 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27575 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27576 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27577 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27578 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27579 display (non-nil means on).
27580
27581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27582
27583 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27584 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27585 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27586 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27587 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27588 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27589 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27590 this function is called within a day.
27591
27592 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27593 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27594 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27595 discover the name of the project.
27596
27597 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27598
27599 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27600 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27601 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27602 begun during the last time segment.
27603
27604 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27605 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27606 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27607 discover the reason.
27608
27609 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27610
27611 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27612 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27613 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27614 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27615 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27616
27617 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27618
27619 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27620 Change to working on a different project.
27621 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27622 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27623 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27624 working on.
27625
27626 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27627
27628 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27629 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27630 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27631
27632 \(fn)" nil nil)
27633
27634 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27635 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27636 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27637
27638 \(fn)" t nil)
27639
27640 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27641 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27642 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27643 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27644 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27645 \"relative to today\".
27646
27647 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27648
27649 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27650 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27651 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27652 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27653
27654 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27655
27656 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27657 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27658 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27659 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27660 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27661 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27662
27663 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27664
27665 ;;;***
27666 \f
27667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27668 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27669 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27670
27671 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27672 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27673 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27674 the generated Quail package is saved.
27675
27676 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27677
27678 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27679 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27680 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27681 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27682 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27683 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27684 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27685
27686 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27687
27688 ;;;***
27689 \f
27690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27691 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27692 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27693 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27694
27695 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27696 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27697 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27698 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27699 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27700
27701 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27702 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27703 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27704
27705 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27708 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27709 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27710 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27711 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27712
27713 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27714
27715 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27716 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27717 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27718 in the menu in two ways:
27719 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27720 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27721 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27722
27723 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27724 keymap or an alist of alists.
27725 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27726 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27727
27728 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27729
27730 ;;;***
27731 \f
27732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21471
27733 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27734 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27735
27736 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27737 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27738
27739 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27740 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27741 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27742 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27743 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27744 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27745 file was last visited.
27746
27747 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27748 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27749 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27750 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27751 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27752 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27753 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27754 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27755 for the first item.
27756
27757 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27758 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27759 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27760 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27761 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27762 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27763 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27764 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27765
27766 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27767 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27768 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27769 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27770 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27771
27772 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27773 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27774
27775 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27776
27777 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27778 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27779
27780 \\{todo-mode-map}
27781
27782 \(fn)" t nil)
27783
27784 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27785 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27786
27787 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27788
27789 \(fn)" t nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27792 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27793
27794 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27795
27796 \(fn)" t nil)
27797
27798 ;;;***
27799 \f
27800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27801 ;;;;;; 0))
27802 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27803
27804 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27805 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27806 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27807
27808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27811 Add an item to the tool bar.
27812 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27813 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27814 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27815 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27816
27817 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27818 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27819 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27820 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27821
27822 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27823 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27824
27825 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27826
27827 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27828 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27829 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27830 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27831 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27832 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27833
27834 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27835 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27836 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27837 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27838
27839 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27840
27841 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27842 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27843 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27844 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27845 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27846 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27847 properties to add to the binding.
27848
27849 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27850
27851 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27852 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27853
27854 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27855
27856 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27857 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27858 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27859 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27860 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27861 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27862 properties to add to the binding.
27863
27864 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27865 holds a keymap.
27866
27867 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27868
27869 ;;;***
27870 \f
27871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
27872 ;;;;;; 0))
27873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27874
27875 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27876 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27877 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27878 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27879 to a tcp server on another machine.
27880
27881 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27882
27883 ;;;***
27884 \f
27885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
27886 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
27887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27888
27889 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27890 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27891
27892 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27893
27894 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
27895 Helper function to get internal values.
27896 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
27897
27898 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
27899
27900 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
27901 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
27902 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
27903 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
27904
27905 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
27906 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
27907 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
27908 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
27909 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
27910
27911 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
27912 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
27913 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
27914 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
27915
27916 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
27917
27918 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
27919
27920 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27921 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
27922 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
27923 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
27924
27925 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
27926
27927 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
27928
27929 ;;;***
27930 \f
27931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21525 27433 340807
27932 ;;;;;; 0))
27933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27934
27935 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27936 Whether Tramp is enabled.
27937 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27938
27939 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27940
27941 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27942 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27943
27944 It can have the following values:
27945
27946 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27947 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
27948
27949 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27950
27951 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
27952 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27953 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27954 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
27955
27956 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
27957
27958 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27959 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27960 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27961 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27962
27963 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27964 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27965 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27966 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27967 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27968 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27969 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27970 files which are not really Tramp files.
27971
27972 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27973 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27974 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27975 updated after changing this variable.
27976
27977 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27978
27979 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
27980 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27981 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
27982 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
27983
27984 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
27985
27986 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
27987 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27988 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27989 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27990
27991 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27992 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
27993 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
27994
27995 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27996 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27997 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27998 updated after changing this variable.
27999
28000 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28001
28002 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28003 Alist of completion handler functions.
28004 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28005 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28006 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28007
28008 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28009 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28010 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28011 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28012
28013 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28014 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28015 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28016
28017 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28018 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28019
28020 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28021 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28022
28023 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28024
28025 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28026
28027
28028 \(fn)" nil nil)
28029
28030 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28031 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28032
28033 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28036 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28037
28038 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28039
28040 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28041 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28042
28043 \(fn)" t nil)
28044
28045 ;;;***
28046 \f
28047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21476 41895
28048 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
28049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28050
28051 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28052
28053
28054 \(fn)" nil nil)
28055
28056 ;;;***
28057 \f
28058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21510 60072 112989
28059 ;;;;;; 0))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28061
28062 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28063 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28064 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28065 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28066 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28067 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28068 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28069 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28070
28071 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28072 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28073 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28074
28075 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28076 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28077 resumed later.
28078
28079 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28080
28081 ;;;***
28082 \f
28083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28084 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28085 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28086
28087 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28088
28089
28090 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28091
28092 ;;;***
28093 \f
28094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28095 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28097 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28098 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28099 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28100
28101 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28102 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28103 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28104 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28105 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28106 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28107 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28108
28109 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28110
28111 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28112 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28113 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28114 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28115
28116 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28117
28118 \(fn)" t nil)
28119
28120 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28121 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28122 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28123 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28124 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28125 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28126 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28127
28128 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28129 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28130
28131 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28132 \\___/\\
28133 / \\
28134 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28135
28136 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28137
28138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28139
28140 ;;;***
28141 \f
28142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28143 ;;;;;; 0))
28144 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28145
28146 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28147 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28148 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28151 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28152
28153 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28154
28155 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28156 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28157 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28158
28159 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28160 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28161 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28162 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28163 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28164 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28165 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28166
28167 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28168 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28169
28170 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28171 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28172 reset the keystroke counter.
28173
28174 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28175 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28176 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28177 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28178
28179 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28180 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28181 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28182 `type-break-schedule' command.
28183
28184 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28185 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28186 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28187 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28188 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28189 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28190 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28191 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28192 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28193
28194 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28195 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28196 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28197 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28198 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28199
28200 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28201 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28202 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28203 approximate good values for this.
28204
28205 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28206 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28207
28208 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28209 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28210 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28211 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28212 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28213 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28214
28215 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28216 a typing break occur. They include:
28217
28218 `type-break-query-mode'
28219 `type-break-query-function'
28220 `type-break-query-interval'
28221
28222 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28223
28224 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28225 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28226 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28227 problems.
28228
28229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28230
28231 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28232 Take a typing break.
28233
28234 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28235 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28236
28237 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28238 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28239
28240 \(fn)" t nil)
28241
28242 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28243 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28244 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28245 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28246
28247 \(fn)" t nil)
28248
28249 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28250 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28251
28252 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28253 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28254 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28255 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28256 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28257 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28258 average typing speed.)
28259
28260 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28261 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28262 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28263 the computed maximum threshold.
28264
28265 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28266 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28267 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28268 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28269 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28270
28271 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28272
28273 ;;;***
28274 \f
28275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28277
28278 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28279 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28280 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28281 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28282 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28283
28284 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28285
28286 ;;;***
28287 \f
28288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28289 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28291
28292 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28293 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28294
28295 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28296
28297 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28298 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28299
28300 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28301
28302 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28303 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28304
28305 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28306
28307 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28308 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28309
28310 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28311
28312 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28313 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28314
28315 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28316
28317 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28318 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28319
28320 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28321
28322 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28323 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28324
28325 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28326
28327 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28328 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28329
28330 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28331
28332 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28333 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28334
28335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28336
28337 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28338 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28339
28340 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28341
28342 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28343 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28344
28345 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28346
28347 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28348 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28349
28350 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28355 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28357
28358 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28359 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28360 Works by overstriking underscores.
28361 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28362 which specify the range to operate on.
28363
28364 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28365
28366 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28367 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28368 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28369 which specify the range to operate on.
28370
28371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28372
28373 ;;;***
28374 \f
28375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28376 ;;;;;; 0))
28377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28378
28379 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28380 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28381 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28382 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28383 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28384 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28385
28386 \(fn)" nil nil)
28387
28388 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28389 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28390 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28391
28392 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28393
28394 ;;;***
28395 \f
28396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28397 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28399
28400 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28401 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28402 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28403 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28404
28405 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28406
28407 ;;;***
28408 \f
28409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21537 18599 384335 0))
28410 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28411
28412 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28413 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28414 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28415 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28416 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28417
28418 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28419 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28420 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28421 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28422 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28423 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28424
28425 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28426 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28427 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28428
28429 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28430 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28431 the callback is not called).
28432
28433 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28434 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28435 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28436 take effect.
28437
28438 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28439 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28440 the server.
28441 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28442 URL-encoded before it's used.
28443
28444 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28445
28446 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28447 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28448 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28449 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28450 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28451
28452 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28457 ;;;;;; 0))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28459
28460 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28461 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28462 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28463
28464 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28465 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28466 `url-generic-parse-url'
28467 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28468 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28469 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28470 realm
28471 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28472 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28473 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28474 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28475 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28476 what type of auth to use
28477 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28478 if one cannot be found in the cache
28479
28480 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28481
28482 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28483 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28484
28485 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28486 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28487 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28488 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28489 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28490 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28491 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28492 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28493
28494 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28495
28496 ;;;***
28497 \f
28498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28499 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28501
28502 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28503 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28504
28505 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28506
28507 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28508 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28509 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28510
28511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28512
28513 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28514 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28515
28516 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28517
28518 ;;;***
28519 \f
28520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28521 ;;;;;; 0))
28522 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28523
28524 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28525
28526
28527 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28528
28529 ;;;***
28530 \f
28531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28532 ;;;;;; 377000))
28533 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28534
28535 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28536 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28537 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28538
28539 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28540
28541 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28542 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28543 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28544 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28545
28546 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28547 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28548 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28549 though.
28550
28551 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28552
28553 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28554 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28555 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28556
28557 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28560
28561
28562 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28563
28564 ;;;***
28565 \f
28566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28567 ;;;;;; 0))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28569
28570 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28571 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28572
28573 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28574
28575 ;;;***
28576 \f
28577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21545 12711 344259
28578 ;;;;;; 0))
28579 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28580
28581 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28582 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28583
28584 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28585
28586 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28587 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28588 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28589 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28590 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28591
28592 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28593 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28594
28595 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28596
28597 ;;;***
28598 \f
28599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21546
28600 ;;;;;; 33576 601815 0))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28602
28603 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28604 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28605 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28608 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28609
28610 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28611
28612 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28613 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28615 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28616 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28617
28618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28619
28620 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28621 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28622 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28623 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28624
28625 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28626
28627 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28628 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28629 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28630 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28631 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28632 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28633 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28634 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28635 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28636 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28637
28638 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28639
28640 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28641 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28642 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28643 accessible.
28644
28645 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28646
28647 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28648
28649
28650 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28651
28652 ;;;***
28653 \f
28654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21545 12711 344259
28655 ;;;;;; 0))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28657 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28658
28659 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28660 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28661 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28662 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28663 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28664
28665 ;;;***
28666 \f
28667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28668 ;;;;;; 0))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28670
28671 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28672
28673
28674 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28675
28676 ;;;***
28677 \f
28678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28679 ;;;;;; 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28681
28682 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28683 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28684 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28685 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28686 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28687
28688 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28689
28690 ;;;***
28691 \f
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28693 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28695
28696 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28697
28698
28699 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28700
28701 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28702 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28703
28704 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28705
28706 ;;;***
28707 \f
28708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28709 ;;;;;; 0))
28710 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28711
28712 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28713 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28714
28715 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28716
28717 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28718 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28719
28720 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28721
28722 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28723
28724
28725 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28726
28727 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28728
28729 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28730
28731 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28732
28733 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28734 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28735
28736 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28737
28738 ;;;***
28739 \f
28740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28741 ;;;;;; 350000))
28742 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28743
28744 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28745
28746
28747 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28748
28749 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28750
28751
28752 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28753
28754 ;;;***
28755 \f
28756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28757 ;;;;;; 0))
28758 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28759
28760 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28761
28762
28763 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28764
28765 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28766
28767
28768 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28769
28770 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28771
28772
28773 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28774
28775 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28776
28777
28778 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28779
28780 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28781
28782
28783 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28784
28785 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28786
28787
28788 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28789
28790 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28791
28792
28793 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28794
28795 ;;;***
28796 \f
28797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21350 58112
28798 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
28799 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28800
28801 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28802 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28803
28804 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28805
28806 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28807 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28808 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28809
28810 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28811 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28812 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28813 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28814 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28815 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28816 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28817 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28818 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28819 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28820 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28821 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28822 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28823 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28824
28825 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28826 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28827 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28828
28829 Here is an example. The URL
28830
28831 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28832
28833 parses to
28834
28835 TYPE = \"foo\"
28836 USER = \"bob\"
28837 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28838 HOST = \"example.com\"
28839 PORTSPEC = 42
28840 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28841 TARGET = \"nose\"
28842 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28843 FULLNESS = t
28844
28845 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28846
28847 ;;;***
28848 \f
28849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
28850 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28852
28853 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28854 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28855
28856 \(fn)" t nil)
28857
28858 ;;;***
28859 \f
28860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
28861 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
28862 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
28863
28864 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
28865 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28866 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
28867 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
28868 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
28869 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
28870
28871 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28872
28873 ;;;***
28874 \f
28875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21546 33576
28876 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
28878
28879 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
28880 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
28881 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
28882
28883 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
28884
28885 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
28886 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28887 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
28888 would have been passed to OPERATION.
28889
28890 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28891
28892 ;;;***
28893 \f
28894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21364 37926 837230
28895 ;;;;;; 0))
28896 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28897
28898 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28899 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28900 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28901
28902 If t, all messages will be logged.
28903 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28904 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28905
28906 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28907
28908 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28909
28910
28911 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28914
28915
28916 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28917
28918 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28919 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28920 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28921 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28922 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28923 & ==> &amp;
28924 < ==> &lt;
28925 > ==> &gt;
28926 \" ==> &quot;
28927
28928 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28929
28930 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28931 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28932 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28933
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28935
28936 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28937 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28938 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28939
28940 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28941
28942 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28943 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28944
28945 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28946
28947 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28948 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28949
28950 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28953 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28954
28955 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28956
28957 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28958
28959
28960 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28961
28962 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
28963
28964
28965 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28966
28967 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
28970 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
28971
28972 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28973
28974 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
28975 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
28976
28977 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28978
28979 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
28980
28981
28982 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28983
28984 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
28985 Build a query-string.
28986
28987 Given a QUERY in the form:
28988 '((key1 val1)
28989 (key2 val2)
28990 (key3 val1 val2)
28991 (key4)
28992 (key5 \"\"))
28993
28994 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
28995
28996 This will return a string
28997 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
28998 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
28999 be used.
29000
29001 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29002
29003 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29004 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29005
29006 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29007
29008 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29009 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29010 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29011 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29012 forbidden in URL encoding.
29013
29014 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29017 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29018 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29019 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29020 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29021 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29022
29023 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29024 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29025 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29026 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29027
29028 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29029
29030 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29031 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29032 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29033 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29034 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29035 should return it unchanged.
29036
29037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29038
29039 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29040 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29041 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29042 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29043
29044 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29045
29046 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29047 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29048 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29049
29050 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29051
29052 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29053 View the current document's URL.
29054 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29055 the minibuffer.
29056
29057 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29058
29059 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29060
29061 ;;;***
29062 \f
29063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29064 ;;;;;; 374000))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29066
29067 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29068 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29069 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29070 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29071 to refrain from editing the file
29072 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29073 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29074 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29075 in any way you like.
29076
29077 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29080 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29081 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29082 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29083 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29084
29085 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29086 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29087
29088 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29089
29090 ;;;***
29091 \f
29092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29093 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29094 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29095
29096 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29097
29098
29099 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29100
29101 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29102
29103
29104 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29105
29106 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29107
29108
29109 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29110
29111 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29112
29113
29114 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29115
29116 ;;;***
29117 \f
29118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29120
29121 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29122 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29123
29124 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29125
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29129 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29131
29132 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29133 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29134 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29135 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29136
29137 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29138
29139 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29140 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29141 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29142
29143 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29144
29145 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29146 Uudecode region between START and END.
29147 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29148
29149 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29150
29151 ;;;***
29152 \f
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29155
29156 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29157 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29158 See `run-hooks'.")
29159
29160 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29161
29162 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29163 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29164 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29165
29166 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29167
29168 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29169 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29170 See `run-hooks'.")
29171
29172 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29173
29174 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29175 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29176 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29177 same state. If not, signal an error.
29178
29179 For merging-based version control systems:
29180 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29181 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29182 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29183 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29184 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29185 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29186
29187 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29188 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29189 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29190 the file(s) for editing.
29191 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29192 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29193 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29194 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29195 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29196 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29197
29198 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29201 Register into a version control system.
29202 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29203 Otherwise register the current file.
29204 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29205 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29206
29207 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29208 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29209 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29210 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29211 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29212 first backend that could register the file is used.
29213
29214 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29215
29216 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29217 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29218
29219 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29220
29221 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29222 Display diffs between file revisions.
29223 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29224 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29225 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29226
29227 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29228 saving the buffer.
29229
29230 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29233 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29234 repository history using ediff.
29235
29236 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29237
29238 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29239 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29240 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29241 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29242 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29243
29244 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29245 saving the buffer.
29246
29247 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29248
29249 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29250 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29251 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29252 fileset with the working revision.
29253 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29254 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29255
29256 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29257 saving the buffer.
29258
29259 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29262 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29263 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29264
29265 \(fn)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29268 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29269 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29270 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29271
29272 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29273
29274 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29275 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29276 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29277 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29278
29279 \(fn)" t nil)
29280
29281 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29282 Perform a version control merge operation.
29283 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29284 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29285 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29286 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29287
29288 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29289 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29290 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29291 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29292 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29293 changes from the current branch.
29294
29295 \(fn)" t nil)
29296
29297 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29298
29299 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29300 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29301 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29302 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29303 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29304 checked out in that new branch.
29305
29306 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29307
29308 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29309 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29310 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29311 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29312 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29313 allowed and simply skipped).
29314
29315 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29316
29317 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29318 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29319 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29320 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29321 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29322
29323 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29324 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29325
29326 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29327
29328 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29329 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29330 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29331 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29332 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29333
29334 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29335
29336 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29337 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29338 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29339
29340 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29341
29342 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29343 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29344 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29345
29346 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29347
29348 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29349 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29350 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29351 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29352
29353 \(fn)" t nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29356 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29357 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29358 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29359
29360 \(fn)" t nil)
29361
29362 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29363
29364 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29365 Update the current fileset or branch.
29366 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29367 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29368 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29369 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29370
29371 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29372 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29373 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29374 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29375 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29376
29377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29378
29379 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29380
29381 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29382 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29383 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29384 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29385 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29386 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29387 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29388
29389 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29392 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29393 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29394 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29395 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29396 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29397 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29398 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29399 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29400
29401 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29402
29403 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29404 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29405 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29406 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29407
29408 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29409
29410 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29411 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29412 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29413 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29414
29415 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29416
29417 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29418 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29419 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29420 directory.
29421
29422 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29423
29424 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29425 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29426 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29427
29428 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29429 log entries should be gathered.
29430
29431 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29432
29433 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29434 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29435
29436 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29437
29438 ;;;***
29439 \f
29440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21546 33576
29441 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
29442 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29443
29444 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29445 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29446
29447 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29448 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29449 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29450 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29451 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29452 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29453
29454 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29455 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29456 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29457 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29458 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29459 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29460 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29461 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29462
29463 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29464
29465 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29466
29467 Customization variables:
29468
29469 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29470 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29471 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29472 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29473 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29474 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29475
29476 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29477
29478 ;;;***
29479 \f
29480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29481 ;;;;;; 0))
29482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29483 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29484 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29485 (progn
29486 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29487 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29488
29489 ;;;***
29490 \f
29491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21452 59559 901066
29492 ;;;;;; 0))
29493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29494
29495 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29496 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29497
29498 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29499 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29500 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29501 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29502 (progn
29503 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29504 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29505
29506 ;;;***
29507 \f
29508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29509 ;;;;;; 0))
29510 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29511 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29512 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29513 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29514 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29515 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29516 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29517
29518 ;;;***
29519 \f
29520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21517 33344 974987
29521 ;;;;;; 0))
29522 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29523
29524 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29525 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29526 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29527 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29528 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29529
29530 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29531 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29532 The file lines appear later.
29533
29534 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29535 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29536
29537 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29538
29539 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29540
29541 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29542
29543 ;;;***
29544 \f
29545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21446
29546 ;;;;;; 45134 152348 0))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29548
29549 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29550 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29551 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29552 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29553 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29554 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29555 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29556 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29557 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29558 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29559 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29560 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29561 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29562 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29563 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29564
29565 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29566
29567 ;;;***
29568 \f
29569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21513 36261 278490
29570 ;;;;;; 0))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29572 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29573 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29574 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29575 (progn
29576 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29577 (vc-git-registered file))))
29578
29579 ;;;***
29580 \f
29581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21396 14374 24888 0))
29582 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29583 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29584 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29585 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29586 (progn
29587 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29588 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29589
29590 ;;;***
29591 \f
29592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29593 ;;;;;; 0))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29595
29596 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29597 Name of the monotone directory.")
29598
29599 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29600 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29601 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29602 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29603 (progn
29604 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29605 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29606
29607 ;;;***
29608 \f
29609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21379 5287 607434
29610 ;;;;;; 0))
29611 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29612
29613 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29614 Where to look for RCS master files.
29615 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29616
29617 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29618
29619 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29620
29621 ;;;***
29622 \f
29623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29624 ;;;;;; 0))
29625 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29626
29627 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29628 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29629 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29630
29631 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29632
29633 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29634
29635 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29636 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29637 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29638 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29639
29640 ;;;***
29641 \f
29642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29643 ;;;;;; 0))
29644 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29645 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29646 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29647 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29648 "_svn")
29649 (t ".svn"))))
29650 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29651 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29652 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29653
29654 ;;;***
29655 \f
29656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21546
29657 ;;;;;; 33576 601815 0))
29658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29659 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29660 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29661
29662 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29663 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29664
29665 Usage:
29666 ------
29667
29668 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29669 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29670 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29671 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29672
29673 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29674 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29675 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29676 completions.
29677
29678 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29679 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29680
29681 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29682 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29683
29684 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29685 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29686 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29687
29688 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29689
29690
29691 Maintenance:
29692 ------------
29693
29694 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29695 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29696
29697 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29698
29699 Official distribution is at
29700 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29701
29702
29703 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29704 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29705
29706 Key bindings:
29707 -------------
29708
29709 \\{vera-mode-map}
29710
29711 \(fn)" t nil)
29712
29713 ;;;***
29714 \f
29715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29716 ;;;;;; (21546 33576 601815 0))
29717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29718
29719 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29720 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29721 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29722 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29723 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29724
29725 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29726
29727 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29728 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29729
29730 Supports highlighting.
29731
29732 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29733 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29734
29735 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29736
29737 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29738 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29739 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29740 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29741 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29742 on the left side of your screen.
29743 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29744 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29745 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29746 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29747 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29748 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29749 function keyword.
29750 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29751 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29752 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29753 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29754 if (a)
29755 begin
29756 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29757 Indentation for case statements.
29758 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29759 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29760 mark after an end.
29761 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29762 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29763 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29764 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29765 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29766 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29767 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29768 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29769 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29770 if (a)
29771 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29772 otherwise you get:
29773 if (a)
29774 begin
29775 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29776 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29777 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29778 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29779 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29780 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29781 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29782 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29783 comments in tight quarters.
29784 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29785 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29786
29787 Variables controlling other actions:
29788
29789 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29790 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29791 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29792
29793 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29794
29795 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29796
29797 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29798 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29799 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29800
29801 Some other functions are:
29802
29803 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29804 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29805 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29806 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29807 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29808
29809 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29810 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29811 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29812 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29813
29814 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29815 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29816 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29817 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29818 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29819 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29820 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29821 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29822 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29823 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29824 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29825 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29826 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29827 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29828 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29829 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29830 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29831 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29832 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29833 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29834 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29835 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29836 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29837 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29838 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29839 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29840 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29841 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29842 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29843 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29844 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29845
29846 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29847 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29848
29849 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29850
29851 \(fn)" t nil)
29852
29853 ;;;***
29854 \f
29855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
29856 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
29857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29858
29859 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29860 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29861
29862 Usage:
29863 ------
29864
29865 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29866 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29867 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29868 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29869 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29870 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29871 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29872 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29873 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
29874
29875 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29876 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29877 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29878 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29879
29880 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29881 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29882 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29883 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29884 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29885
29886 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29887 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29888
29889
29890 HEADER INSERTION:
29891 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29892 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29893 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29894
29895
29896 STUTTERING:
29897 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29898 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29899 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29900 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29901
29902 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29903 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29904 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29905 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29906 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29907
29908
29909 WORD COMPLETION:
29910 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29911 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29912 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29913 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29914
29915 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29916 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29917 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29918 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29919 beginning with \"std\").
29920
29921 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29922 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29923 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29924 stop.
29925
29926
29927 COMMENTS:
29928 `--' puts a single comment.
29929 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29930 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29931 with a comment in between.
29932 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29933 out following lines.
29934 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29935 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
29936 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
29937 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
29938
29939 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29940 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29941 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29942 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29943 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29944 non-nil.
29945
29946 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29947 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29948 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29949 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29950 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29951 multi-line comments.
29952
29953
29954 INDENTATION:
29955 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29956 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29957 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29958 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
29959 the entire region.
29960
29961 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29962 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29963 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29964 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29965
29966 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29967 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29968 and vice versa.
29969
29970 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29971 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29972
29973 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
29974 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
29975 line.
29976
29977
29978 ALIGNMENT:
29979 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29980 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29981 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29982 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29983 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29984 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29985 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29986 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29987
29988 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29989 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29990 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29991 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29992 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29993 is non-nil.
29994
29995 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29996 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29997 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29998
29999 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30000 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30001
30002
30003 CODE FILLING:
30004 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30005 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30006 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30007 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30008 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30009 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30010
30011
30012 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30013 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30014 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30015 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30016 command:
30017
30018 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30019
30020
30021 PORT TRANSLATION:
30022 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30023 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30024 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30025 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30026 internal signal initializations (menu).
30027
30028 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30029 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30030 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30031
30032 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30033 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30034 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30035 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30036 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30037 in subsequent paste operations.)
30038
30039 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30040 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30041 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30042
30043
30044 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30045 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30046 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30047 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30048 association list with formals).
30049
30050
30051 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30052 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30053 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30054 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30055 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30056 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30057 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30058 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30059 `vhdl-testbench'.
30060
30061
30062 KEY BINDINGS:
30063 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30064
30065
30066 VHDL MENU:
30067 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30068
30069
30070 FILE BROWSER:
30071 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30072 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30073 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30074
30075 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30076 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30077
30078
30079 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30080 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30081 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30082 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30083
30084 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30085 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30086 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30087
30088 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30089 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30090 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30091 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30092
30093 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30094 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30095 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30096 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30097 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30098
30099 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30100 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30101 required by secondary units.
30102
30103
30104 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30105 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30106 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30107 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30108 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30109 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30110 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30111 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30112 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30113 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30114 inputs to this component -> input port created
30115 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30116 outputs from this component -> output port created
30117 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30118 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30119
30120 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30121 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30122 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30123 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30124 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30125
30126 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30127 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30128
30129 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30130 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30131 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30132 component instantiation is also supported (option
30133 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30134
30135 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30136 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30137 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30138 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30139 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30140 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30141 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30142 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30143 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30144 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30145 generating the configuration.
30146
30147 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30148 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30149 configurations in speedbar.
30150
30151 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30152
30153
30154 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30155 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30156 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30157 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30158 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30159 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30160 information. New compilers can be added.
30161
30162 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30163 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30164
30165
30166 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30167 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30168 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30169 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30170 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30171
30172 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30173 command:
30174
30175 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30176 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30177 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30178
30179 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30180 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30181 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30182 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30183 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30184 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30185 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30186 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30187 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30188
30189 Limitations:
30190 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30191 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30192 not (yet) supported.
30193 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30194 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30195 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30196
30197
30198 PROJECTS:
30199 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30200 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30201 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30202 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30203 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30204 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30205 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30206 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30207
30208 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30209 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30210 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30211 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30212 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30213 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30214 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30215 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30216 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30217 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30218 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30219
30220
30221 SPECIAL MENUES:
30222 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30223 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30224 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30225 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30226 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30227 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30228 current directory for VHDL source files.
30229
30230
30231 VHDL STANDARDS:
30232 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30233 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30234
30235
30236 KEYWORD CASE:
30237 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30238 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30239 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30240 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30241 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30242 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30243 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30244 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30245
30246
30247 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30248 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30249 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30250 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30251 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30252 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30253 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30254
30255 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30256 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30257 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30258 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30259 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30260 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30261
30262 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30263 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30264 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30265 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30266 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30267 visually.
30268
30269 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30270 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30271 highlighted if written in lower case.
30272
30273 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30274 highlighted using a different background color if option
30275 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30276
30277 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30278 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30279 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30280 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30281 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30282
30283
30284 USER MODELS:
30285 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30286 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30287 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30288
30289
30290 HIDE/SHOW:
30291 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30292 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30293 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30294 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30295 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30296
30297
30298 CODE UPDATING:
30299 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30300 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30301 Limitations:
30302 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30303 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30304 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30305 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30306 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30307 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30308 (used to obtain the port names).
30309 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30310 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30311 sensitivity lists.
30312
30313
30314 CODE FIXING:
30315 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30316 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30317
30318
30319 PRINTING:
30320 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30321 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30322 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30323 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30324 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30325 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30326 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30327 printers.
30328
30329
30330 OPTIONS:
30331 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30332 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30333 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30334 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30335 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30336
30337 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30338 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30339 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30340 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30341 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30342 INSTALL file).
30343
30344 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30345 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30346
30347
30348 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30349 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30350 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30351 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30352
30353 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30354
30355
30356 HINTS:
30357 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30358 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30359
30360 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30361
30362 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30363
30364 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30365
30366
30367 RELEASE NOTES:
30368 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30369
30370
30371 Maintenance:
30372 ------------
30373
30374 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30375 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30376
30377 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30378
30379 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30380 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30381 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30382 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30383
30384 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30385 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30386 where the latest version can be found.
30387
30388
30389 Known problems:
30390 ---------------
30391
30392 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30393 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30394 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30395 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30396
30397
30398 The VHDL Mode Authors
30399 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30400
30401 Key bindings:
30402 -------------
30403
30404 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30405
30406 \(fn)" t nil)
30407
30408 ;;;***
30409 \f
30410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30411 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30412 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30413
30414 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30415 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30416
30417 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30418
30419 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30420 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30421 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30422 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30423
30424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30425
30426 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30427 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30428
30429 \(fn)" t nil)
30430
30431 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30432 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30433 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30434 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30435
30436 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30437
30438 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30439 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30440
30441 \(fn)" t nil)
30442
30443 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30444
30445
30446 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30447
30448 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30449
30450
30451 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30452
30453 ;;;***
30454 \f
30455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
30456 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30457
30458 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30459 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30460 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30461
30462 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30463
30464 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30465 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30466 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30467 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30468
30469 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30470
30471 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30472 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30473
30474 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30475
30476 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30477 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30478 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30479 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30480 moving around in the buffer.
30481 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30482 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30483
30484 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30485
30486 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30487
30488 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30489 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30490 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30491 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30492
30493 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30494 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30495 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30496 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30497 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30498
30499 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30500
30501 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30502
30503 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30504 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30505 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30506 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30507 buffer.
30508
30509 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30510 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30511 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30512 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30513 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30514
30515 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30516
30517 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30518
30519 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30520 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30521 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30522 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30523 moving around in the buffer.
30524 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30525 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30526
30527 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30528
30529 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30530 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30531 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30532
30533 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30534 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30535 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30536 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30537
30538 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30539 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30540 own View-like bindings.
30541
30542 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30543
30544 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30545 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30546 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30547 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30548 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30549 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30550 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30551
30552 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30553
30554 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30555
30556 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30557 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30558 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30559
30560 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30561 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30562 own View-like bindings.
30563
30564 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30565
30566 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30567 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30568 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30569 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30570 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30571 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30572 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30573
30574 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30575
30576 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30577
30578 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30579 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30580 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30581
30582 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30583 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30584 own View-like bindings.
30585
30586 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30587
30588 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30589 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30591 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30592 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30593
30594 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30595 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30596 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30597 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30598
30599 \\<view-mode-map>
30600
30601 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30602 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30603 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30604 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30605 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30606 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30607 to a repeat count of one.
30608
30609 H, h, ? This message.
30610 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30611 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30612 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30613 > move to the end of buffer.
30614 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30615 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30616 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30617 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30618 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30619 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30620 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30621 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30622 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30623 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30624 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30625 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30626 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30627 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30628 Use this to view a changing file.
30629 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30630 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30631 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30632 . set the mark.
30633 x exchanges point and mark.
30634 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30635 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30636 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30637 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30638 ' go to position saved in character register.
30639 s do forward incremental search.
30640 r do reverse incremental search.
30641 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30642 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30643 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30644 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30645 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30646 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30647 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30648 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30649 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30650 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30651 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30652 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30653 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30654 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30655 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30656 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30657 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30658
30659 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30660 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30661 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30662 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30663 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30664 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30665 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30666 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30667 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30668
30669 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30670
30671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30672
30673 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30674 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30675 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30676 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30677 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30678 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30679 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30680 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30681 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30682
30683 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30684
30685 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30686
30687 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30688 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30689 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30690 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30691 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30692 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30693
30694 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30695 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30696 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30697
30698 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30699
30700 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30701
30702 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30703
30704 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30705 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30706
30707 \(fn)" t nil)
30708
30709 ;;;***
30710 \f
30711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21429 11690 49391
30712 ;;;;;; 0))
30713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30714 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30715
30716 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30717 Toggle Viper on/off.
30718 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30719
30720 \(fn)" t nil)
30721
30722 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30723 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30724
30725 \(fn)" t nil)
30726
30727 ;;;***
30728 \f
30729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
30730 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
30731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30732
30733 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30734 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30735 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30736 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30737 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30738 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30739 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30740 the beginning of the warning.")
30741
30742 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30743 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30744 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30745 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30746 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30747 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30748 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30749 also call that function before the next warning.")
30750
30751 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30752 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30753
30754 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30755 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30756 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30757 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30758
30759 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30760 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30761 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30762 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30763 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30764 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30765
30766 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30767 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30768 Default is :warning.
30769
30770 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30771 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30772 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30773 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30774 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30775 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30776
30777 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30778 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30779 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30780
30781 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30782
30783 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30784 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30785
30786 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30787
30788 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30789 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30790 \\<special-mode-map>
30791 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30792 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30793
30794 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30795 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30796 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30797 can be whatever you like.)
30798
30799 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30800 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30801
30802 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30803 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30804 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30805 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30806 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30807
30808 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30809
30810 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30811 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30812 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30813 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30814 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30815
30816 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30817
30818 ;;;***
30819 \f
30820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30821 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30822 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30823
30824 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30825 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30826 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30827 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30828 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30829 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30830 directories to reflect your edits.
30831
30832 See `wdired-mode'.
30833
30834 \(fn)" t nil)
30835
30836 ;;;***
30837 \f
30838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
30839 ;;;;;; 0))
30840 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30841
30842 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30843 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30844
30845 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30846 hotlist.
30847
30848 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30849 <nwv@acm.org>.
30850
30851 \(fn)" t nil)
30852
30853 ;;;***
30854 \f
30855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21511
30856 ;;;;;; 46035 786880 0))
30857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30858 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30859 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30860
30861 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
30862
30863 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30864 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30865 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30868 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30869
30870 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30871
30872 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30873 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
30874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
30875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30877
30878 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
30879 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
30880 in certain major modes.
30881
30882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30883
30884 ;;;***
30885 \f
30886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21384 23211 329821
30887 ;;;;;; 0))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30889 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30890
30891 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30892 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
30893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
30894 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30895 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30896
30897 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30898 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30899
30900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30901
30902 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30903 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
30904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
30905 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30906 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30907
30908 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30909 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30910 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30911 use `whitespace-mode'.
30912
30913 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30914
30915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30916
30917 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30918 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30919 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30922 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30923
30924 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30925
30926 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30927 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
30928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
30929 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30930 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
30931
30932 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30933 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30934
30935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30936
30937 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30938 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30939 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30942 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30943
30944 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30945
30946 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30947 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
30948 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
30949 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
30950 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
30951
30952 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30953 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30954 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30955 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30956
30957 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30958
30959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30960
30961 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30962 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30963
30964 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30965 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30966
30967 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30968 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30969
30970 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30971
30972 CHAR MEANING
30973 (VIA FACES)
30974 f toggle face visualization
30975 t toggle TAB visualization
30976 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30977 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30978 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30979 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30980 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30981 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30982 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30983 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30984 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30985 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30986 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30987 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30988 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30989 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30990 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30991
30992 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30993 T toggle TAB visualization
30994 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30995 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30996
30997 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30998 ? display brief help
30999
31000 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31001 The valid symbols are:
31002
31003 face toggle face visualization
31004 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31005 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31006 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31007 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31008 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31009 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31010 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31011 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31012 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31013 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31014 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31015 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31016 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31017 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31018 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31019 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31020
31021 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31022 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31023 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31024
31025 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31026
31027 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31028
31029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31030
31031 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31032 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31033
31034 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31035 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31036
31037 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31038 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31039
31040 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31041
31042 CHAR MEANING
31043 (VIA FACES)
31044 f toggle face visualization
31045 t toggle TAB visualization
31046 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31047 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31048 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31049 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31050 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31051 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31052 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31053 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31054 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31055 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31056 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31057 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31058 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31059 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31060 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31061
31062 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31063 T toggle TAB visualization
31064 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31065 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31066
31067 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31068 ? display brief help
31069
31070 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31071 The valid symbols are:
31072
31073 face toggle face visualization
31074 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31075 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31076 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31077 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31078 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31079 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31080 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31081 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31082 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31083 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31084 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31085 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31086 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31087 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31088 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31089 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31090
31091 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31092 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31093 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31094
31095 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31096
31097 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31098
31099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31100
31101 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31102 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31103
31104 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31105 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31106 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31107 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31108 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31109
31110 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31111
31112 The problems cleaned up are:
31113
31114 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31115 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31116 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31117 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31118
31119 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31120 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31121 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31122 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31123 SPACEs.
31124 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31125 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31126 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31127 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31128
31129 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31130 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31131 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31132 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31133 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31134 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31135 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31136 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31137
31138 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31139 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31140 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31141
31142 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31143 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31144 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31145 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31146 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31147 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31148 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31149 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31150
31151 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31152 documentation.
31153
31154 \(fn)" t nil)
31155
31156 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31157 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31158
31159 The problems cleaned up are:
31160
31161 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31162 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31163 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31164 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31165 SPACEs.
31166 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31167 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31168 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31169 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31170
31171 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31172 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31173 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31174 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31175 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31176 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31177 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31178 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31179
31180 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31181 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31182 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31183
31184 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31185 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31186 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31187 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31188 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31189 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31190 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31191 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31192
31193 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31194 documentation.
31195
31196 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31197
31198 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31199 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31200
31201 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31202
31203 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31204
31205 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31206 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31207
31208 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31209 non-nil.
31210
31211 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31212 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31213 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31214
31215 empty
31216 trailing
31217 indentation
31218 space-before-tab
31219 space-after-tab
31220
31221 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31222 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31223 report problems.
31224
31225 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31226
31227 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31228 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31229 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31230 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31231 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31232 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31233 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31234
31235 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31236 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31237 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31238 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31239 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31240 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31241 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31242
31243 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31244 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31245 cleaning up these problems.
31246
31247 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31248
31249 ;;;***
31250 \f
31251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31252 ;;;;;; 0))
31253 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31254
31255 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31256 Browse the widget under point.
31257
31258 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31259
31260 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31261 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31262
31263 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31264
31265 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31266 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31267
31268 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31269
31270 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31271 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31273 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31274 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31275
31276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31277
31278 ;;;***
31279 \f
31280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21414 44327 790846
31281 ;;;;;; 0))
31282 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31283
31284 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31285 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31286
31287 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31288
31289 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31290 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31291 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31292
31293 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31294
31295 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31296 Create widget of TYPE.
31297 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31298
31299 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31300
31301 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31302 Delete WIDGET.
31303
31304 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31305
31306 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31307 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31308
31309 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31310
31311 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31312 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31313 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31314 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31315
31316 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31317 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31318
31319 \(fn)" nil nil)
31320
31321 ;;;***
31322 \f
31323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31324 ;;;;;; 0))
31325 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31326
31327 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31328 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31329 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31330 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31331 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31332 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31333 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31334
31335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31336
31337 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31338 Select the window above the current one.
31339 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31340 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31341 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31342 negative ARG) of the current window.
31343 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31344
31345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31346
31347 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31348 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31349 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31350 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31351 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31352 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31353 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31354
31355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31356
31357 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31358 Select the window below the current one.
31359 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31360 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31361 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31362 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31363 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31364
31365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31366
31367 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31368 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31369 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31370 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31371
31372 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31373
31374 ;;;***
31375 \f
31376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31377 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31378
31379 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31380 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31381 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31384 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31385
31386 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31387
31388 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31389 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31393 \\{winner-mode-map}
31394
31395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31396
31397 ;;;***
31398 \f
31399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21393 38187 675040 0))
31400 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31401 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31402
31403 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31404 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31405 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31406 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31407 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31408
31409 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31410
31411 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31412 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31413 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31414 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31415 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31416 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31417 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31418 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31419
31420 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31421 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31422
31423 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31424
31425 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31426 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31427
31428 \(fn)" t nil)
31429
31430 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31431 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31432 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31433 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31434 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31435 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31436 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31437 `woman' command for further details.
31438
31439 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31440
31441 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31442 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31443
31444 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31445
31446 ;;;***
31447 \f
31448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31449 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31450
31451 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31452 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31453 Return the top node with all its children.
31454 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31455
31456 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31457 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31458 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31459
31460 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31461
31462 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31463 namespace to URIs instead.
31464
31465 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31466 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31467
31468 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31469
31470 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31471
31472 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31473
31474 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31475 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31476 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31477 not contain well-formed XML.
31478
31479 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31480 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31481 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31482 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31483 element of the list.
31484 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31485 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31486 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31487
31488 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31489
31490 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31491 namespace to URIs instead.
31492
31493 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31494 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31495
31496 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31497
31498 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31499
31500 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31501
31502 ;;;***
31503 \f
31504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31505 ;;;;;; 0))
31506 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31507
31508 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31509 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31510 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31511 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31512 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31513 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31514 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31515 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31516 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31517 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31518
31519 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31520
31521 ;;;***
31522 \f
31523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21451 38694 880517
31524 ;;;;;; 0))
31525 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31526
31527 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31528 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31529 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31532 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31533
31534 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31535
31536 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31537 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31539 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31541
31542 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31543 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31544 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31545 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31546 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31547 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31548
31549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31550
31551 ;;;***
31552 \f
31553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31555
31556 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31557 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31558
31559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31560
31561 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31562 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31563
31564 \(fn)" nil nil)
31565
31566 ;;;***
31567 \f
31568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31570
31571 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31572 Zone out, completely.
31573
31574 \(fn)" t nil)
31575
31576 ;;;***
31577 \f
31578 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31609 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31610 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31611 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31612 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31613 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31614 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31616 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31618 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31619 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31620 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31621 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31622 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31623 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31624 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31625 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31626 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31627 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31628 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31629 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31630 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31631 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31632 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31633 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31634 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31635 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31636 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31637 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31638 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31639 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31640 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31641 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31642 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31643 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31644 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31645 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31646 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31647 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31648 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31649 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31650 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31651 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31652 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31653 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31654 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31655 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31656 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31657 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31658 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31659 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31660 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31661 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31662 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31663 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31664 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31665 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31666 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31667 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31668 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31669 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31670 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31671 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31672 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31673 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31674 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31675 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31676 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31677 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31678 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31679 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31680 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31681 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31682 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31683 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31684 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31685 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31686 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31687 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31688 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31689 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31690 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31691 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31692 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31693 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31694 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31695 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31696 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31697 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/crisp.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el" "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-acc.el" "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "obsolete/levents.el" "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lucid.el" "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mouse-sel.el" "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "obsolete/tpu-edt.el" "obsolete/tpu-extras.el" "obsolete/tpu-mapper.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/vi.el" "obsolete/vip.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ws-mode.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21547 54610 44674
31802 ;;;;;; 534000))
31803
31804 ;;;***
31805 \f
31806 (provide 'loaddefs)
31807 ;; Local Variables:
31808 ;; version-control: never
31809 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31810 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31811 ;; coding: utf-8
31812 ;; End:
31813 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here